Document:

EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
  

 
  

HLSS SERVICER ADVANCE RECEIVABLES TRUST 

as Issuer 
 and 

DEUTSCHE BANK NATIONAL TRUST COMPANY 

as Indenture Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent and Securities Intermediary 

and 
 HLSS HOLDINGS, LLC, 

as Administrator and as Servicer (on and after the MSR Transfer Date) 

and 
 OCWEN LOAN SERVICING, LLC,

 as a Subservicer and as Servicer (prior to the MSR Transfer Date) 

and 
 WELLS FARGO SECURITIES LLC,

 as Administrative Agent 
  

 
 SERIES 2013-T6

 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT 
 Dated
as of September 18, 2013 
 to 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE 

Dated as of August 8, 2013 
  

 
 HLSS SERVICER
ADVANCE RECEIVABLES TRUST 
 ADVANCE RECEIVABLES BACKED NOTES, 

SERIES 2013-T6 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	PAGE	 
	SECTION 1.	 	CREATION OF SERIES 2013-T6 NOTES	  	 	2	  
			
	SECTION 2.	 	DEFINED TERMS	  	 	2	  
			
	SECTION 3.	 	FORMS OF SERIES 2013-T6 NOTES	  	 	14	  
			
	SECTION 4.	 	COLLATERAL VALUE EXCLUSIONS	  	 	14	  
			
	SECTION 5.	 	GENERAL RESERVE ACCOUNT	  	 	15	  
			
	SECTION 6.	 	PAYMENTS; NOTE BALANCE INCREASES; EARLY MATURITY	  	 	16	  
			
	SECTION 7.	 	OPTIONAL REDEMPTION AND REFINANCING	  	 	16	  
			
	SECTION 8.	 	[RESERVED]	  	 	17	  
			
	SECTION 9.	 	SERIES REPORTS	  	 	17	  
			
	SECTION 10.	 	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT SATISFIED	  	 	19	  
			
	SECTION 11.	 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	  	 	19	  
			
	SECTION 12.	 	AMENDMENTS	  	 	19	  
			
	SECTION 13.	 	COUNTERPARTS	  	 	20	  
			
	SECTION 14.	 	ENTIRE AGREEMENT	  	 	20	  
			
	SECTION 15.	 	LIMITED RECOURSE	  	 	21	  
			
	SECTION 16.	 	OWNER TRUSTEE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY	  	 	21	  

  
 -i- 

 THIS SERIES 2013-T6 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT (this “Indenture Supplement”), dated as
of September 18, 2013, is made by and among HLSS SERVICER ADVANCE RECEIVABLES TRUST, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”), DEUTSCHE BANK NATIONAL TRUST COMPANY, a national banking
association, as trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), as calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”), as paying agent (the “Paying Agent”) and as securities intermediary (the “Securities
Intermediary”), HLSS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HLSS”), as Administrator on behalf of the Issuer, as owner of the economics associated with the servicing under the Designated Servicing Agreements,
and as Servicer under the Designated Servicing Agreements from and after the related MSR Transfer Date (as defined below), OCWEN LOAN SERVICING, LLC (“OLS”), as a Subservicer, and as Servicer under the Designated Servicing
Agreements prior to the related MSR Transfer Date, and WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC (“Wells Fargo”), as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”). This Indenture Supplement relates to and is executed pursuant
to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Indenture (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time and as further supplemented hereby, the “Base Indenture”) dated as of August 8, 2013, among the
Issuer, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Paying Agent, the Securities Intermediary, Wells Fargo, Credit Suisse AG, New York Branch (“CS”) and Barclays Bank plc
(“Barclays”), all the provisions of which are incorporated herein as modified hereby and shall be a part of this Indenture Supplement as if set forth herein in full (the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Indenture Supplement
being referred to as the “Indenture”). 
 Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective
meanings given them in the Base Indenture. 
 PRELIMINARY STATEMENT 

The Issuer has duly authorized the issuance of a Series of Notes, the Series 2013-T6 Notes (the “Series 2013-T6 Notes”). The
parties are entering this Indenture Supplement to document the terms of the issuance of the Series 2013-T6 Notes, which provides for the issuance of Notes in multiple series from time to time. The Series 2013-T6 Notes are issued in four
(4) Classes of Term Notes (Class A-T6, Class B-T6, Class C-T6 and Class D-T6, with the Initial Note Balances, Stated Maturity Dates, Revolving Period, Note Interest Rates, Expected Repayment Dates and other terms as specified in this Indenture
Supplement, to be known as the Advance Receivables Backed Notes, Series 2013-T6, secured by the Trust Estate Granted to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Base Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall hold the Trust Estate as collateral security
for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2013-T6 Notes and all other Series of Notes issued under the Indenture as described therein. In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term
or provision contained in the Base Indenture, the terms and provisions of this Indenture Supplement shall govern to the extent of such conflict. 

 Section 1. Creation of Series 2013-T6 Notes. 

There are hereby created, effective as of the Issuance Date, the Series 2013-T6 Notes, to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture and this
Indenture Supplement, to be known as “HLSS Servicer Advance Receivables Trust 2013-T6 Advance Receivables Backed Notes, Series 2013-T6 Notes.” The Series 2013-T6 Notes shall not be subordinated to any other Series of Notes. The Series
2013-T6 Notes are issued in four (4) Classes of Term Notes. The proceeds from the sale of the Series 2013-T6 Notes shall be used to reduce the outstanding amount drawn on the Series 2012-VF1 Variable Funding Notes, the Series 2012-VF2 Variable
Funding Notes and the Series 2012-VF3 Variable Funding Notes by amounts mutually acceptable by Barclays, Wells Fargo and Credit Suisse. 

Section 2. Defined Terms. 

With respect to the Series 2013-T6 Notes and in addition to or in replacement for the definitions set forth in Section 1.1 of the Base
Indenture, the following definitions shall be assigned to the defined terms set forth below: 
 “Administrative Agent”
means, for so long as the Series 2013-T6 Notes have not been paid in full: (i) with respect to the provisions of this Indenture Supplement, Wells Fargo or an Affiliate or successor thereto; and (ii) with respect to the provisions of the
Base Indenture, and notwithstanding the terms and provisions of any other Indenture Supplement, together, Wells Fargo, Barclays and Credit Suisse and such other parties as set forth in any other Indenture Supplement, or a respective Affiliate or any
respective successor thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, reference to “it” or “its” with respect to the Administrative Agent in the Base Indenture shall mean “them” and “their,” and reference to the singular
therein in relation to the Administrative Agent shall be construed as if plural. 
 “Advance Rates”: means, for any date of
determination with respect to each Receivable related to any Class of Series 2013-T6 Notes, the percentage amount based on the Advance Type of such Receivable, as set forth below; provided, that in the event the Servicer’s (prior to any
MSR Transfer Date) or the related Subservicer’s (on and after any MSR Transfer Date) sub-prime servicer rating by S&P is reduced below “Average,” the Advance Rates applicable to the Receivables related to such Class of Notes shall
be equal to the Advance Rates prior to such ratings reduction minus 5.00%; and provided, further, that the Advance Rate for any Receivable related to any Class of Notes shall be zero if such Receivable is not a Facility Eligible
Receivable. 
  

																	
	 Advance Type
	  	Class A-T6
Term Notes	 	 	Class B-T6
Term Notes	 	 	 Class C-T6

Term Notes
	 	 	 Class D-T6

Term Notes
	 
	 Servicing Fee Advances in Judicial States
	  	 	77.75	% 	 	 	85.50	% 	 	 	89.25	% 	 	 	92.75	% 
	 Servicing Fee Advances in Non-Judicial States
	  	 	93.00	% 	 	 	94.75	% 	 	 	95.50	% 	 	 	96.25	% 
	 P&I Advances (other than Servicing Fee Advances) in Judicial States
	  	 	90.00	% 	 	 	93.00	% 	 	 	94.50	% 	 	 	96.00	% 
	 P&I Advances (other than Servicing Fee Advances) in Non-Judicial States
	  	 	93.00	% 	 	 	95.00	% 	 	 	96.00	% 	 	 	96.75	% 
	 Escrow Advances in Judicial States
	  	 	84.00	% 	 	 	89.25	% 	 	 	92.00	% 	 	 	94.25	% 
	 Escrow Advances in Non-Judicial States
	  	 	92.50	% 	 	 	94.50	% 	 	 	95.25	% 	 	 	96.25	% 
	 Corporate Advances in Judicial States
	  	 	85.00	% 	 	 	89.75	% 	 	 	92.00	% 	 	 	94.25	% 
	 Corporate Advances in Non-Judicial States
	  	 	89.25	% 	 	 	92.25	% 	 	 	93.75	% 	 	 	95.25	% 
	 Loan-Level P&I Advances (other than Servicing Fee Advances) in Judicial States
	  	 	89.75	% 	 	 	92.75	% 	 	 	94.00	% 	 	 	95.50	% 

  
 2 

																	
	 Loan-Level P&I Advances (other than Servicing Fee Advances) in Non-Judicial States
	  	 	93.00	% 	 	 	94.75	% 	 	 	95.50	% 	 	 	96.50	% 
	 Loan-Level Escrow Advances in Judicial States
	  	 	78.75	% 	 	 	84.75	% 	 	 	89.50	% 	 	 	93.00	% 
	 Loan-Level Escrow Advances in Non-Judicial States
	  	 	90.50	% 	 	 	93.25	% 	 	 	94.50	% 	 	 	95.75	% 
	 Loan Level Corporate Advances in Judicial States
	  	 	77.25	% 	 	 	85.50	% 	 	 	89.75	% 	 	 	93.00	% 
	 Loan-Level Corporate Advances in Non-Judicial States
	  	 	84.75	% 	 	 	90.00	% 	 	 	92.25	% 	 	 	94.50	% 

 “Advance Ratio” means, as of any date of determination with respect to any Designated
Servicing Agreement, the ratio (expressed as a percentage), calculated as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which such date occurs, of (i) the related PSA Stressed Non-Recoverable Advance Amount
(other than any Mortgage Loans that generate Receivables that are Loan-Level Receivables, any Mortgage Loans that are attributable to Small Threshold Servicing Agreements or any Mortgage Loans that are attributable to Low Threshold Servicing
Agreements) on such date over (ii) the aggregate monthly scheduled principal and interest payments for the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which such date occurs with respect to all non-delinquent Mortgage Loans
serviced under such Designated Servicing Agreement. 
 “Applicable Rating” means the rating assigned to each Class of the
Series 2013-T6 Notes by S&P, as the Note Rating Agency, upon the issuance of such Class as set forth below: 
 (i)
Class A-T6 Term Notes: AAA(sf); 
 (ii) Class B-T6 Term Notes: AA(sf); 

(iii) Class C-T6 Term Notes: A(sf); and 

(iv) Class D-T6 Term Notes: BBB(sf). 

“Base Indenture” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble. 

“Class A-T6 Term Notes” means, the Term Notes, Class A-T6, issued hereunder by the Issuer having an Initial Note Balance
of $322,900,000, or any Term Notes issued in replacement thereof pursuant to Section 7 of this Indenture Supplement. 
 “Class
B-T6 Term Notes” means, the Term Notes, Class B-T6, issued hereunder by the Issuer having an Initial Note Balance of $13,800,000, or any Term Notes issued in replacement thereof pursuant to Section 7 of this Indenture Supplement. 

“Class C-T6 Term Notes” means, the Term Notes, Class C-T6, issued hereunder by the Issuer having an Initial Note Balance of
$7,000,000, or any Term Notes issued in replacement thereof pursuant to Section 7 of this Indenture Supplement. 
 “Class D-T6
Term Notes” means, the Term Notes, Class D-T6, issued hereunder by the Issuer having an Initial Note Balance of $6,300,000, or any Term Notes issued in replacement thereof pursuant to Section 7 of this Indenture Supplement. 

  
 3 

 “Corporate Trust Office” means with respect to the Series 2013-T6 Notes, the
office of the Indenture Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business will be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 1761 East St. Andrew Place, Santa Ana, California 92705, Attention: Trust
Administration–OC131S. 
 “CRD” means the Capital Requirements Directive, as amended by Article 122a (effective as of
January 1, 2011) and as the same may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified. 
 “Expected Repayment Date”
means: 
 (i) for the Class A-T6 Term Notes, September 15, 2014; 

(ii) for the Class B-T6 Term Notes, September 15, 2014; 

(iii) for the Class C-T6 Term Notes, September 15, 2014; and 

(iv) for the Class D-T6 Term Notes, September 15, 2014. 

“Expense Rate” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to the Series 2013-T6 Notes, the percentage equivalent of
a fraction, (i) the numerator of which equals the sum of (1) the product of the related Series Allocation Percentage for the Interim Payment Date or Payment Date immediately preceding such date multiplied by the aggregate amount of
Fees due and payable by the Issuer on the next succeeding Payment Date plus (2) the product of the related Series Allocation Percentage for the Interim Payment Date or Payment Date immediately preceding such date multiplied by any
expenses payable or reimbursable by the Issuer on the next succeeding Payment Date, up to the applicable Expense Limit, if any, prior to payments to the Holders of the Series 2013-T6 Notes, pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Indenture
Supplement, the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document that have been invoiced to the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator, plus (3) the aggregate amount of related Series Fees payable by the Issuer on the next succeeding
Payment Date and (ii) the denominator of which equals the sum of the outstanding Note Balances of all Series 2013-T6 Notes at the close of business on such date; provided, that, with respect to the first calculation of “Expense
Rate” following the Issuance Date, such calculation shall include a “Series Allocation Percentage” as determined by the Administrator and the Administrative Agent. 

“Facility Eligible Receivable” means, with respect to the Series 2013-T6 Notes, a Receivable: 

(i) which constitutes a “general intangible,” “account” or “payment intangible” within the
meaning of Section 9-102(a)(42), Section 9-102(a)(2) and Section 9-102(a)(61), respectively (or the corresponding provisions in effect in a particular jurisdiction) of the UCC as in effect in all applicable jurisdictions; 

(ii) which is denominated and payable in United States dollars; 

(iii) which arises under and pursuant to the terms of a Designated Servicing Agreement and, at the time the related Advance was
made, (A) was determined by the Servicer or Subservicer, as applicable, in good faith to (1) be ultimately recoverable from 

  
 4 

 
the proceeds of the related Mortgage Loan, related liquidation proceeds or otherwise from the proceeds of or collections on the related Mortgage Loan and (2) comply with all requirements for
reimbursement thereunder, and (B) was authorized pursuant to the terms of the related Designated Servicing Agreement; 

(iv) which arises under a Facility Eligible Servicing Agreement; 

(v) which is not subject to any Adverse Claim and in which all right, title and interest in and to such Receivable (including
good and marketable title) have been validly sold and/or contributed by the Receivables Seller to the Depositor, and validly sold and/or contributed by the Depositor to the Issuer and, prior to the MSR Transfer Date, sold by the Servicer to the
Receivables Seller; 
 (vi) with respect to which no representation or warranty made by the Receivables Seller or the
Servicer in the Receivables Sale Agreement has been breached, which breach has continued uncured past the time at which the Servicer or the Receivables Seller was required to pay the Indemnity Payment with respect thereto pursuant to the Receivables
Sale Agreement; 
 (vii) with respect to which, as of the date such Receivable was acquired by the Issuer, none of the
Receivables Seller, the Servicer, the Subservicer or the Depositor had (A) taken any action that would impair the right, title and interest of the Indenture Trustee therein, or (B) failed to take any action that was necessary to avoid
impairing the Indenture Trustee’s right, title or interest therein; 
 (viii) the Advance (other than a Servicing Fee
Advance) related to which either (A) has been fully funded by the Servicer using its own funds and/or Amounts Held for Future Distribution (to the extent permitted under the related Designated Servicing Agreement) and/or Collections (as
appropriate) in excess of the related Required Expense Reserve, and/or amounts drawn on Variable Funding Notes or out of funds in the Collection and Funding Account or Available Funds as provided herein, or (B) in the case of P&I Advances,
will be funded on the related Funding Date and all amounts necessary to fund the related Advance are on deposit in an account under the exclusive control and direction of the Indenture Trustee pending remittance to the appropriate MBS trustees; 

(ix) which relates to a Mortgage Loan that is secured by a first lien on the underlying mortgaged property; 

(x) which does not relate to a Mortgage Loan the terms of which have been modified after the creation of such Receivable (for
purposes of this clause, a Mortgage Loan has been modified only after the modification continues effective following any trial period); 

(xi) which, if a Servicing Fee Advance Receivable, the provisions of the related Designated Servicing Agreement identified on
the Servicing Fee Advance Designated Servicing Agreement Schedule require that any unpaid and accrued servicing fees owed to the Servicer be repaid on or prior to the date of any redemption in full under the applicable Servicing Fee Advance
Designated Servicing Agreement; and 

  
 5 

 (xii) if a Servicing Fee Advance Receivable, which relates to a Designated
Servicing Agreement identified on the Servicing Fee Advance Designated Servicing Agreement Schedule. 
 “Facility Eligible Servicing
Agreement” means, with respect to the Series 2013-T6 Notes, any Designated Servicing Agreement which, as of any date of determination, meets the following criteria: 

(i) either OLS or an OFC-Owned Servicer (in either case, prior to the MSR Transfer Date) and HLSS (from and after the MSR
Transfer Date) is the servicer under such Servicing Agreement and a Responsible Officer of the Servicer has received neither (A) any notice, or otherwise obtained actual knowledge, of the occurrence of any Unmatured Default or Servicer
Termination Event by or with respect to the Servicer under such Servicing Agreement except (i) to the extent that, in the case of an Unmatured Default, such Unmatured Default has been cured prior to its becoming a Servicer Termination Event,
and (ii) any Unmatured Default or Servicer Termination Event caused solely by the failure of a Collateral Performance Test or a Servicer Ratings Downgrade for which the Servicer shall not have received a written notice of pending termination,
nor (B) notice of a judgment for monetary loss against the Servicer by a party to such Servicing Agreement or by a related securityholder, whose claim is for an aggregate amount greater than 5% of the aggregate Receivable Balance of the
Receivables created pursuant to such Servicing Agreement; 
 (ii) all Receivables arising under such Designated Servicing
Agreement are free and clear of any Adverse Claim in favor of any Person and the related MBS Trustee or other owner and any related monoline insurer or other credit enhancement provider shall have been delivered a notice in the form of Exhibit C to
the Base Indenture signed by the Servicer; 
 (iii) such Designated Servicing Agreement provides that all Advances (not
including Servicing Fee Advances) as to a Mortgage Loan are reimbursed on a “first-in, first out” or “FIFO” basis, such that the Advances of a particular type that were disbursed first in time will be reimbursed prior to Advances
of the same type with respect to that Mortgage Loan that were disbursed later in time; 
 (iv) such Designated Servicing
Agreement is in full force and effect; 
 (v) an Eligible Subservicing Agreement is in full force and effect for all mortgage
loans serviced by the Servicer under such Designated Servicing Agreement, and the related Subservicer (or OLS or any OFC-Owned Servicer as Servicer prior to the MSR Transfer Date) is an Eligible Subservicer and is in compliance with such
Subservicing Agreement and, from and after the MSR Transfer Date, OLS, any other OFC-Owned Servicer or another servicer acceptable to the Administrative Agent, shall be serving as “hot back-up servicer” for HLSS under an agreement approved
by the Administrative Agent; 

  
 6 

 (vi) such Designated Servicing Agreement includes an express provision for the
assignment by the Servicer of its rights to be reimbursed for Advances (except in the case of Servicing Fee Advances); and, with respect to any Servicing Fee Advance Receivable, the related Servicing Fee Advance Designated Servicing Agreement does
not prohibit the sale and/or contribution to the Issuer of, specifically, the rights to reimbursement for the Servicing Fee Advances under the related MBS Trust (as determined, regardless of the terms contained in such Servicing Fee Advance
Designated Servicing Agreement, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Administrative Agent); 
 (vii) such Designated
Servicing Agreement arises under and is governed by the laws of the United States or a state within the United States; and 

(viii) the Servicer has not voluntarily elected to change the reimbursement mechanics of Advances under such Designated
Servicing Agreement from a pool-level reimbursement mechanic to a loan-level reimbursement mechanic or from a loan-level reimbursement mechanic to a pool-level reimbursement mechanic without consent of each Administrative Agent; and 

(ix) if such Designated Servicing Agreement is a subservicing agreement, the subservicing agreement and the related servicing
or master servicing agreement provide that: (1) Servicer, as subservicer, under such agreement, is required to make all Advances on Mortgage Loans subserviced by a Servicer; (2) Servicer, as subservicer under such agreement, is entitled to
reimbursement from all permitted sources under the Designated Servicing Agreement; (3) the related primary or master servicer agrees to remit to the Servicer, as subservicer, within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof, any collections
and reimbursements of P&I Advances, Corporate Advances and Escrow Advances it receives, without set-off; and (4) the related primary or master servicer agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Servicer, as subservicer, to obtain
reimbursement of P&I Advances, Corporate Advances and Escrow Advances including, if either of such primary or master servicer or the Servicer, as subservicer, is terminated, by seeking immediate reimbursement therefor from the successor servicer
or, failing that, on a first in-first out basis. 
 “General Collections Backstop” means, with respect to any Designated
Servicing Agreement, provisions such that, if the Servicer determines that an Advance will not be recoverable out of late collections of the amounts advanced or out of insurance proceeds or liquidation proceeds from the Mortgage Loan with respect to
which the Advance was made, the Servicer has the right to reimburse itself for such Advance out of any funds (other than prepayment charges) in the related MBS Trust Collection Account or out of general collections received by the Servicer with
respect to any Mortgage Loans serviced under the same Designated Servicing Agreement, prior to any payment to any holders of any notes, certificates or other securities backed by the related mortgage loan pool, which securities included a
“AAA” or equivalent rated class at the time of execution of the Designated Servicing Agreement, and prior to payment of any party subrogated to the rights of the holders of such securities (such as a reimbursement right of a credit
enhancer) or any hedge or derivative termination fees, or to the related MBS Trust or any related trustee, custodian or credit enhancer. 

  
 7 

 “General Reserve Required Amount” means with respect to any Payment Date or
Interim Payment Date, as the case may be, for the Series 2013-T6 Notes, an amount equal to on any Payment Date or Interim Payment Date four (4) month’s interest calculated at the Senior Rate on the Note Balance of each Class of Series
2013-T6 Notes as of such Payment Date or Interim Payment Date, as the case may be. 
 “Initial Note Balance” means, for any
Note or for any Class of Notes, the Note Balance of such Note upon issuance, as follows: 
 (i) Class A-T6 Term Notes:
$322,900,000; 
 (ii) Class B-T6 Term Notes: $13,800,000; 

(iii) Class C-T6 Term Notes: $7,000,000; and 

(iv) Class D-T6 Term Notes: $6,300,000. 

“Interest Accrual Period” means, for the Series 2013-T6 Notes and any Payment Date, the period beginning on the immediately
preceding Payment Date (or, in the case of the first Payment Date with respect to any Class, the related Issuance Date) and ending on the day immediately preceding the current Payment Date. The Interest Payment Amount for the Series 2013-T6 Notes on
any Payment Date shall be determined based on an assumed 30 day Interest Accrual Period, other than with respect to the first Payment Date which will be 27 days. 

“Interest Day Count Convention” means 30 days divided by 360 other than with respect to the initial Payment Date which is 27
days divided by 360. 
 “Issuance Date” means September 18, 2013. 

“Loan-Level Advance Receivable” means a Receivable (other than a Servicing Fee Advance Receivable) relating to a Designated
Servicing Agreement identified on the Designated Servicing Agreement Schedule the provisions of which do not contain a General Collections Backstop with respect to the related Advances. 

“Loan-Level Receivable” means a Loan-Level Advance Receivable or Loan-Level Servicing Fee Advance Receivable. 

“Loan-Level Servicing Fee Advance Receivable” means a Servicing Fee Advance Receivable relating to a Servicing Fee Advance
Designated Servicing Agreement identified on the Servicing Fee Advance Designated Servicing Agreement Schedule the provisions of which do not contain a General Collections Backstop with respect to the related Servicing Fee Advances. 

  
 8 

 “Low Threshold Servicing Agreement” means a Designated Servicing Agreement
(i) for which the underlying Mortgage Loans have an unpaid principal balance greater than or equal to $1,000,000 but less than $10,000,000, or (ii) that contains at least 15 but fewer than 50 Mortgage Loans, as of the end of the most
recently concluded calendar month, to the extent that such Receivable Balances, when added to the aggregate Receivable Balances of all Receivables outstanding with respect to Low Threshold Servicing Agreements, cause the total Receivable Balances
attributable to Small Threshold Servicing Agreements and Low Threshold Servicing Agreements, collectively, to exceed 7.50% of the total Receivable Balances of all Receivables included in the Facility. 

“Market Value Ratio” means, as of any date of determination with respect to a Designated Servicing Agreement, the ratio
(expressed as a percentage) of (i) the lesser of (A) the Funded Advance Receivable Balance for such Designated Servicing Agreement on such date and (B) the aggregate of all Facility Eligible Receivables under such Designated Servicing
Agreement on such date over (ii) the aggregate Net Property Value of the Mortgaged Properties and REO Properties for Mortgage Loans that are serviced under such Designated Servicing Agreement on such date. 

“Middle Threshold Servicing Agreement” means a Designated Servicing Agreement (i) for which the underlying Mortgage
Loans have an unpaid principal balance greater than or equal to $10,000,000 but less than $25,000,000, or (ii) that contains at least 50 but fewer than 125 Mortgage Loans, as of the end of the most recently concluded calendar month, to the
extent the Receivable Balance of such Receivable, when added to the aggregate Receivable Balances of all Receivables outstanding with respect to Middle Threshold Servicing Agreements, cause the total Receivable Balances attributable to Small
Threshold Servicing Agreements, Low Threshold Servicing Agreements and Middle Threshold Servicing Agreements, collectively, to exceed 15.00% of the aggregate of the Receivable Balances of all Receivables included in the Facility. 

“Monthly Reimbursement Rate” means, as of any date of determination, the arithmetic average of the fractions (expressed as
percentages), determined for each of the three (3) most recently concluded calendar months, obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate Advance Reimbursement Amounts collected by the Servicer and deposited into the Trust Accounts during such
month by (ii) the aggregate Receivable Balances funded by the Servicer using its own funds or facility funds as of the close of business on the last day of the Monthly Advance Collection Period. 

“Mortgage Loan-Level Market Value Ratio” means, as of any date of determination with respect to a Mortgage Loan or REO
Property that is secured by a first lien on the related Mortgaged Property, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the aggregate Receivable Balance of all Receivables outstanding with respect to such Mortgage Loan or REO Property on such
date over (y) the Net Property Value of such Mortgaged Property or REO Property on such date. 
 “MSRs” means mortgage
servicing rights and rights to mortgage servicing rights, as applicable. 
 “Net Proceeds Coverage Percentage” means, for
any Payment Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, (i) the numerator of which equals the amount of Collections on Receivables deposited into the Collection and Funding Account during the related Monthly Advance Collection Period, and
(ii) the denominator of which equals the aggregate average outstanding Note Balances of all Outstanding Notes during such Monthly Advance Collection Period. 

  
 9 

 “Net Property Value” means, with respect to any Mortgaged Property,
(A) with respect to a Mortgage Loan with respect to which no payment is Delinquent (including any Mortgage Loan subject to a forbearance plan which is not Delinquent in accordance with such forbearance plan), the market value of such Mortgaged
Property as established by OLS’s independent property valuation methodology (as established by the lesser of any appraisal, broker’s price opinion or OLS’s automated valuation model with respect to such Mortgaged Property) or
(B) with respect to a Delinquent Mortgage Loan, the product of (a) the market value of such Mortgaged Property as established by OLS’s independent property valuation methodology (as established by the lesser of any appraisal,
broker’s price opinion or OLS’s automated valuation model with respect to such Mortgaged Property), multiplied by (b) OLS’s established market and property discount value rate, minus (c) OLS’s brokerage fee and closing
costs with respect to such Mortgaged Property, plus (d) any projected mortgage insurance claim proceeds. 
 “No-Payment at
Termination Servicing Fee Advance Receivable” means a Servicing Fee Advance Receivable relating to a Servicing Fee Advance Designated Servicing Agreement identified on the Servicing Fee Advance Designated Servicing Agreement Schedule the
provisions of which do not require that all unpaid and accrued servicing fees owed to the Servicer be repaid on or prior to the date of any involuntary transfer of servicing or any servicer termination. 

“Note Interest Rate” means, with respect to the Series 2013-T6 Notes, the applicable Senior Rate, provided that: (i) on
any day on which a Facility Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing at the opening of business on such day, the “Note Interest Rate” for any Class of Notes shall equal the applicable
Senior Rate plus 3.00% per annum; or (ii) in the event that any Class of Notes is not refinanced on the Expected Repayment Date, the “Note Interest Rate” of such Class of Notes shall equal the Senior Rate plus 1.00% per
annum; provided, that, on any date of determination, the Interest Rate will never be a rate greater than the applicable Senior Rate plus 3.00% per annum. 

“Note Rating Agency” means, for the Series 2013-T6 Notes, S&P. 

“PSA Stressed Non-Recoverable Advance Amount” means as of any date of determination, the sum of: 

(i) for all Mortgage Loans that are current as of such date, the greater of (A) zero and (B) the excess of
(1) Total Advances related to such Mortgage Loans on such date over (2) (x) in the case of Mortgage Loans secured by a first lien, the product of 50% and the sum of all of the Net Property Values for the related Mortgaged Property or
(y) in the case of Mortgage Loans secured by a second or more junior lien, zero; and 
 (ii) for all Mortgage Loans that
are delinquent as of such date, but not related to property in foreclosure or REO Property, the greater of (A) zero and (B) the excess of (1) Total Advances related to such Mortgage Loans on such date

  
 10 

 
over (2) (x) in the case of Mortgage Loans secured by a first lien, the product of 50% and the sum of all of the Net Property Values for the related Mortgaged Property or (y) in
the case of Mortgage Loans secured by a second or more junior lien, zero; and 
 (iii) for all Mortgage Loans that are
related to properties in foreclosure, the greater of (A) zero and (B) the excess of (1) Total Advances related to such Mortgage Loans on such date over (2) (x) in the case of Mortgage Loans secured by a first lien, the
product of 50% and the sum of all of the Net Property Values for the related Mortgaged Property or (y) in the case of Mortgage Loans secured by a second or more junior lien, zero; and 

(iv) for all Mortgage Loans that are related to REO Property, the greater of (A) zero and (B) the excess of
(1) Total Advances related to such Mortgage Loans on such date over (2) (x) in the case of Mortgage Loans secured by a first lien, the product of 50% and the sum of all of the Net Property Values for the related REO Property or
(y) in the case of Mortgage Loans secured by a second or more junior lien, zero. 
 “Redemption Option Elimination
Test” shall be satisfied, on any date of determination, if (A) the sum of (i) the aggregate of the aggregate Receivables Balance of all receivables included in the Trust Estate on the day before such date of determination, plus,
if such date is a Funding Date, the Receivables Balance of all Facility Eligible Receivables included in the Trust Estate that will be created upon the funding of all P&I Advances to be funded on such Funding Date, plus (ii) all amounts on
deposit in the Trust Accounts on such date of determination is equal to or greater than (B) the sum of (i) the aggregate Note Balances of all Outstanding Notes on such date of determination (after giving effect to all
payments in respect of principal on such date, if such date is a Payment Date) and (ii) the product of (x) the aggregate Interest Payment Amounts due and payable with respect to all Outstanding Classes of all
Series of Notes on the next succeeding Payment Date (plus the aggregate related Cumulative Interest Shortfall Amounts as of the immediately preceding Payment Date) and (y) the number of Payment Dates remaining
from such date of determination to and including the latest Expected Repayment Date of any Series. 
 “Redemption Option Trigger
Condition” means, for any Class of the Series 2013-T6 Notes and any Payment Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the aggregate of the Collateral Values of all Facility Eligible Receivables included in the Trust Estate for
the Series 2013-T6 Notes as of the close of business on the day before the related Determination Date, plus the pro forma Collateral Value of all Facility Eligible Receivables included in the Trust Estate for the Series 2013-T6 Notes that will be
created upon the funding of all P&I Advances to be funded on such Payment Date, as applicable, each as reported in the related report prepared by the Calculation Agent, over (ii) the aggregate Note Balances of all Outstanding Notes
of all Outstanding Series on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments in respect of principal on such Payment Date), is less than 100%. 

“Redemption Percentage” means, for the Series 2013-T6 Notes, 10%. 

  
 11 

 “Restricted Servicing Fee Advance Receivable” means any Loan-Level Servicing Fee
Advance Receivable or any No-Payment at Termination Servicing Fee Advance Receivable. 
 “Senior Rate” means, for:
(i) the Class A-T6 Term Notes will be a rate per annum equal to 1.2865%; (ii) the Class B-T6 Term Notes will be a rate per annum equal to 1.4853%; (iii) the Class C-T6 Term Notes will be a rate per annum equal to 1.7337%; and
(iv) the Class D-T6 Term Notes will be a rate per annum equal to 2.2296%. 
 “Series 2013-T6 Note Balance” means the
aggregate Note Balance of the Series 2013-T6 Notes. 
 “Series 2013-T6 Placement Agency Agreement” means that certain
Placement Agency Agreement, dated August 1, 2013, by and among the Issuer, the Receivables Seller, Barclays Capital Inc., as Placement Agent, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as Placement Agent. 

“Series 2013-T6 Redemption Option Trigger Event”: has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a)(ii). 

“Small Threshold Servicing Agreement” means a Designated Servicing Agreement (i) for which the underlying Mortgage Loans
have an unpaid principal balance of less than $1,000,000 or (ii) that contains at least one (1) but fewer than fifteen (15) Mortgage Loans, as of the end of the most recently concluded calendar month, to the extent that such
Receivables Balance, when added to the aggregate Receivables Balance of all Receivables outstanding with respect to Small Threshold Servicing Agreements, cause the total Receivables Balance attributable to Small Threshold Servicing agreements to
exceed 2.50% of the total Receivables Balances of all Receivables included in the Facility. 
 “Stated Maturity Date” for
the Series 2013-T6 Notes means September 15, 2044. 
 “Stressed Time” means, as of any date of determination, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1), and the denominator of which equals the related Stressed Time Percentage times the Monthly Reimbursement Rate on such date. 

“Stressed Time Percentage” means, for the Series 2013-T6 Notes, Class A-T6 Term Notes: 12.00%, Class B-T6 Term Notes:
17.25%, Class C-T6 Term Notes: 22.50% and Class D-T6 Term Notes: 31.00%. 
 “Target Amortization Amounts” means, for each
Class of the Series 2013-T6 Notes, 1/12 of the Note Balance of such Class at the close of business on the last day of its Revolving Period, such amounts payable beginning on the first Payment Date after the beginning of the Target Amortization
Period. 
 “Target Amortization Event” for any Class of the Series 2013-T6 Notes, means the earlier of (A) the related
Expected Repayment Date for such Class or (B) the occurrence of any of the following conditions or events, which is not waived by 100% of the Holders of the Series 2013-T6 Notes: 

  
 12 

 (i) on any Payment Date, the arithmetic average of the Net Proceeds Coverage
Percentage determined for such Payment Date and the two (2) preceding Payment Dates is less than five (5) times the percentage equivalent of a fraction (A) the numerator of which equals the sum of the accrued Interest Payment Amounts
for each Class of all Outstanding Notes on such date and (B) the denominator of which equals the aggregate average Note Balances of each Class of Outstanding Notes during the related Monthly Advance Collection Period; 

(ii) the occurrence of one or more Servicer Termination Events under Designated Servicing Agreements representing 15% or more
(by Mortgage Loan balance as of the date of termination) of all the Designated Servicing Agreements then included in the Facility, but not including any Servicer Termination Events that are solely due to the breach of one or more Collateral
Performance Tests or a Servicer Ratings Downgrade or the transfer of subservicing of any such Designated Servicing Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agents; 

(iii) the Monthly Reimbursement Rate is less than 5.00%; or 

(iv) a Series 2013-T6 Redemption Option Trigger Event occurred and (i) the Issuer delivered a Trigger Event
Redemption Notice and failed to deposit the Trigger Event Redemption Amount into the Note Payment Account on the related Trigger Event Redemption Payment Date, or (ii) a Redemption Option Trigger Condition continued to exist for each of the six
Payment Dates following the Payment Date on which such Series 2013-T6 Redemption Option Trigger Event occurred; provided, that, on or prior to the occurrence of the Target Amortization Event under this clause (iv), (a)
the Administrator, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or qualified) has not determined that such Series 2013-T6 Redemption Option Trigger Event has otherwise been cured
or (b) the Redemption Option Elimination Test has not been satisfied as of such date. 
 “Target Amortization Period”
means, for any Class of Series 2013-T6 Notes, as applicable, the period that begins upon both the occurrence of an applicable Target Amortization Event and ends upon the earlier of (i) a Facility Early Amortization Event and (ii) the date
on which the Notes of such Class are paid in full. 
 “Transaction Documents” means, in addition to the documents set forth
in the definition thereof in the Base Indenture, this Indenture Supplement, the Series 2013-T6 Placement Agency Agreement, the Series 2013-T6 Notes and the related Fee Letter (as defined in the Series 2013-T6 Placement Agency Agreement), each as
amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 

  
 13 

 “Trigger Advance Rate” means, for any Class within the Series 2013-T6 Notes, as
of any date, the rate equal to (1) 100% minus (2) the product of (a) one-twelfth of the weighted average interest rates for all Classes of Series 2013-T6 Notes, as of such date plus the related Expense Rate as of such date,
multiplied by (b) the related Stressed Time for such Class as of such date. 
 “Trigger Event Redemption
Amount”: has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof. 
 “Trigger Event Redemption Notice”: has the
meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof. 
 “Trigger Event Redemption Payment Date”: has the meaning set forth in
Section 7(a)(ii) hereof. 
 Section 3. Forms of Series 2013-T6 Notes. 

The form of the Rule 144A Global Note and of the Regulation S Global Notes that may be used to evidence the Series 2013-T6 Term Notes in the
circumstances described in Section 5.4(c) of the Base Indenture are attached to the Base Indenture as Exhibits A-1 and A-3, respectively. For the avoidance of doubt, and subject to the terms and provisions of Section 5.4 of
the Base Indenture, the Series 2013-T6 Term Notes are to be issued Book-Entry Notes. 
 Section 4. Collateral Value Exclusions.

 For purposes of calculating “Collateral Value” in respect of the Series 2013-T6 Notes, the Collateral Value shall be
zero for any Receivable that: 
 (i) is attributable to any Designated Servicing Agreement to the extent that the Receivable Balance
of such Receivable, when added to the aggregate Receivable Balance already outstanding with respect to such Designated Servicing Agreement, would cause the related Advance Ratio to be equal to or greater than 100%; 

(ii) is attributable to any Designated Servicing Agreement to the extent that the Receivable Balance of such Receivable, when added to the
aggregate Receivable Balances already outstanding with respect to such Designated Servicing Agreement, would cause the related Market Value Ratio to exceed 25%; 

(iii) is attributable to a Designated Servicing Agreement that is a Small Threshold Servicing Agreement; 

(iv) is attributable to a Designated Servicing Agreement that is a Low Threshold Servicing Agreement; 

(v) is attributable to a Designated Servicing Agreement that is a Middle Threshold Servicing Agreement; 

(vi) is attributable to a Designated Servicing Agreement, to the extent that the Receivable Balance of such Receivable, when added to the
aggregate Receivable Balances outstanding with respect to that same Designated Servicing Agreement, would cause the total Receivable Balances attributable to such Designated Servicing Agreement to exceed 15% of the aggregate of the Receivable
Balances of all Receivables included in the Trust Estate; 

  
 14 

 (vii) is a Loan-Level Advance Receivable, to the extent that the Receivable Balance of such
Receivable, when added to the aggregate Receivable Balances of all Receivables outstanding with respect to Loan-Level Advance Receivables, cause the total Receivable Balances attributable to Loan-Level Advance Receivables to exceed 15% of the total
Receivable Balances of all Receivables included in the Trust Estate; 
 (viii) is a Servicing Fee Advance Receivable that the Administrative
Agent has not provided its written consent (in its sole and absolute discretion), notwithstanding that such Servicing Fee Advance Receivable satisfies clauses (xi) and (xii) of the definition of Facility Eligible Receivable. For the
avoidance of doubt, for so long as the Administrative Agent determines that the Servicing Fee Advance Receivables related to any Servicing Fee Advance Designated Servicing Agreement cannot be afforded a positive Collateral Value, the related
Designated Servicing Agreement shall not be considered a Servicing Fee Advance Designated Servicing Agreement in respect of the Series 2013-T6 Notes; 

(ix) is a Loan-Level Servicing Fee Advance Receivable attributable to a Mortgaged Property, to the extent that the Receivable Balance of
such Receivable, when added to the aggregate Receivable Balance outstanding for all other Loan-Level Servicing Fee Advance Receivables with respect to such Mortgaged Property, causes the total Receivable Balance for all
Loan-Level Servicing Fee Advance Receivables to exceed 10% of the Net Property Value of such Mortgaged Property; 
 (x) (A) is
a Loan-Level Receivable whose Receivable Balance, when added to the aggregate Receivable Balances of all Receivables with respect to the related Mortgage Loan or REO Property, would cause the related Mortgage Loan-Level Market Value Ratio to exceed
50.0% or (B) is a Receivable related to a Mortgage Loan or REO Property that is attributable to a Small Threshold Servicing Agreement whose Receivable Balance, when added to the aggregate Receivable Balances of all Receivables related to the
Mortgage Loan or REO Property that is attributable to a Small Threshold Servicing Agreement, would cause the related Mortgage Loan-Level Market Value Ratio to exceed 50.0%; 

(xi) is a Restricted Servicing Fee Advance Receivable attributable to a Designated Servicing Agreement, to the extent that the Receivable
Balance of such Receivable, when added to the aggregate Receivable Balance outstanding for all other Restricted Servicing Fee Advance Receivables with respect to all Designated Servicing Agreements, causes the total Receivable Balance
for all Restricted Servicing Fee Advance Receivables to exceed 3.25% of the total Receivable Balance of all Receivables included in the Trust Estate; and 

(xii) is a Servicing Fee Advance Receivable which has not been reimbursed in full under the related Servicing Fee Advance Designated Servicing
Agreement as of the remittance date following the liquidation of the related Mortgage Loan and final reporting with respect thereto. 

Section 5. General Reserve Account. 

In accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 5 and Section 4.6 of the Base Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall
establish and maintain a General Reserve Account with respect to the Series 2013-T6 Term Notes for the benefit of the Series 2013-T6 Noteholders. 

  
 15 

 Section 6. Payments; Note Balance Increases; Early Maturity. 

The Paying Agent shall allocate payments of interest, principal, fees and expenses to the Series 2013-T6 Notes on each Payment Date in
accordance with Section 4.5 of the Base Indenture. 
 The Paying Agent shall make payments of the Senior Interest Amount and Cumulative
Interest Shortfall Amounts allocable to the Series 2013-T6 Notes to the holders of the Series 2013-T6 Notes as follows: first, to the Class A-T6 Term Notes, the Senior Interest Amount and Cumulative Interest Shortfall Amount for such Class,
thereafter, to the Class B-T6 Term Notes, the Senior Interest Amount and Cumulative Interest Shortfall Amount for such Class, thereafter, to the Class C-T6 Term Notes, the Senior Interest Amount and
Cumulative Interest Shortfall Amount for such Class, and thereafter, to Class D-T6 Term Notes, the Senior Interest Amount and Cumulative Interest Shortfall Amount for such Class. 

The Paying Agent shall make payments of principal on the Series 2013-T6 Notes on each Payment Date in accordance with Sections 4.4 and
4.5, respectively, of the Base Indenture during any Target Amortization Period or in any Full Amortization Period. The Target Amortization Amount allocated to the Series 2013-T6 Notes during the Target Amortization Period shall be applied by the
Paying Agent pro rata among the Classes of Series 2013-T6 Notes based on their respective Target Amortization Amounts. Any payments of principal allocated to the Series 2013-T6 Notes during a Full Amortization Period shall be paid to the
holders of the Series 2013-T6 Notes in the following order of priority, first, to the Class A-T6 Term Notes, pro rata, until their Note Balance has been reduced to zero, second, to the Class B-T6 Term Notes, pro rata, until their
Note Balance has been reduced to zero, third, to the Class C-T6 Term Notes, pro rata, until their Note Balance has been reduced to zero, and fourth, to the Class D-T6 Term Notes, pro rata, until their Note Balance has been reduced to
zero. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.1(a)(i) of the Base Indenture, an Event of Default under
Section 8.1(a)(i) shall exist on the Series 2013-T6 Notes only if there is a default (which default continues for a period of two (2) Business Days following written or electronic notice from the Indenture Trustee or the
Administrative Agents), in the payment of any principal, Senior Interest Amount or any Fees due and owing on any Payment Date (including without limitation the full aggregate amount of any Target Amortization Amounts due on such Payment Date).

 Section 7. Optional Redemption and Refinancing.  

(a) (i) The Series 2013-T6 Term Notes are subject to optional redemption by the Issuer pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Base
Indenture, in whole but not in part with respect to such Notes. Any supplement to this Indenture Supplement executed to effect an optional redemption may be entered into without consent of the Holders of any of the Notes pursuant to
Section 12(a)(iv) of the Base Indenture. 

  
 16 

 (ii) On any date following the occurrence of a Redemption Option Trigger Condition for two
(2) consecutive Payment Dates and on which each Series of Term Notes, other than the Series 2012-2, Series 2013-T1, Series 2013-T2 and Series 2013-T3 Term Notes, with an Expected Repayment Date later than the Expected Repayment Date for the
Series 2013-T6 Notes are no longer outstanding (such event a “Series 2013-T6 Redemption Option Trigger Event”), the Issuer has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem all classes of Series 2013-T6 Notes in whole but not
in part on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the Redemption Option Trigger Event has occurred (a “Trigger Event Redemption Payment Date”). 

(b) If the Issuer, at the direction of the Administrator, elects to redeem the Series 2013-T6 Notes pursuant to this
Section 7, it shall notify the Indenture Trustee, Administrative Agent, the Holders of the Series 2013-T6 Notes and each related Note Rating Agency of such redemption at least ten (10) days prior to the Trigger Event Redemption
Payment Date. All notices of redemption pursuant to this Section 7(b) (a “Trigger Event Redemption Notice”) shall state (i) the Series of Notes to be redeemed, (ii) the date on which the redemption of
such Notes to be redeemed will occur, which will be the Trigger Event Redemption Payment Date, and (iii) the redemption price for such Series of Notes (the “Trigger Event Redemption Amount””), which shall be an
amount equal to the sum of (i) the Note Balance of all Outstanding Notes of such Series of Notes as of the applicable Trigger Event Redemption Payment Date and (ii) all accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes prior to such Trigger Event
Redemption Payment Date (in each case after giving effect to all payments made pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Base Indenture and Section 6 hereof. 

(c) Following delivery of a Trigger Event Redemption Notice by the Issuer, the Issuer, on or before the Business Day prior to the related
Trigger Event Redemption Payment Date, shall deposit the Trigger Event Redemption Amount for the Series 2013-T6 Notes into the Note Payment Account. The Indenture Trustee after all disbursements pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Base Indenture are
made on such Payment Date, shall distribute the Trigger Event Redemption Amount to the holders of the Series 2013-T6 Notes and complete the redemption of such Notes. 

Section 8. [RESERVED]. 

Section 9. Series Reports. 

(a) Series Calculation Agent Report. The Calculation Agent shall deliver a report of the following items together with each Calculation
Agent Report pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture to the extent received from the Servicer, with respect to the Series 2013-T6 Notes: 

(i) the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loans subject to any Small Threshold Servicing Agreement, Low Threshold
Servicing Agreement and Middle Threshold Servicing Agreement; 
 (ii) for each Small Threshold Servicing Agreement, as of the
end of the most recently concluded calendar month, the aggregate of the Funded Advance Receivable Balances of all Receivables attributable to such Designated Servicing Agreement as a percentage of the aggregate of the Funded Advance Receivable
Balances of all Receivables included in the Trust Estate; 

  
 17 

 (iii) for each Low Threshold Servicing Agreement, as of the end of the most
recently concluded calendar month, the aggregate of the Funded Advance Receivable Balances of all Receivables attributable to such Designated Servicing Agreement as a percentage of the aggregate of the Funded Advance Receivable Balances of all
Receivables included in the Trust Estate; 
 (iv) for each Middle Threshold Servicing Agreement, as of the end of the most
recently concluded calendar month, the aggregate of the Funded Advance Receivable Balances of all Receivables attributable to such Designated Servicing Agreement as a percentage of the aggregate of the Funded Advance Receivable Balances of all
Receivables included in the Trust Estate; 
 (v) the Advance Ratio for each Designated Servicing Agreement, and whether the
Advance Ratio for such Designated Servicing Agreement exceeds 100%; 
 (vi) the Market Value Ratio for each Designated
Servicing Agreement, and whether the Market Value Ratio for such Designated Servicing Agreement exceeds 25%; 
 (vii) (A) a
list of each Target Amortization Event for the Series 2013-T6 Notes and presenting a “yes” or “no” answer beside each indicating whether each such Target Amortization Event has occurred as of the end of the Monthly Advance
Collection Period preceding the upcoming Payment Date or the Monthly Advance Collection Period preceding the upcoming Interim Payment Date and (B) whether any Target Amortization Amount that has become due and payable has been paid; 

(viii) whether any Receivable, or any portion of the Receivables, attributable to a Designated Servicing Agreement, has zero
Collateral Value by virtue of the definition of “Collateral Value” or Section 4 of this Indenture Supplement, and indicating the related provision affecting such Receivable; 

(ix) a calculation of the Net Proceeds Coverage Percentage in respect of each of the three (3) preceding Monthly Advance
Collection Periods (or each that has occurred since the date of this Indenture Supplement, if less than three (3)), and the arithmetic average of the three; 

(x) the Monthly Reimbursement Rate for the upcoming Payment Date or Interim Payment Date; 

(xi) the PSA Stressed Non-Recoverable Advance Amount for the upcoming Payment Date or Interim Payment Date; and 

(xii) the Trigger Advance Rate for each Class of Series 2013-T6 Notes. 

  
 18 

 In addition to the information provided in the above Calculation Agent Report, to the extent the following
information is specifically provided to the Calculation Agent by HLSS or OLS, the Calculation Agent shall promptly, from time to time, provide such other financial or non-financial information, documents, records or reports with respect to the
Receivables or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of HLSS or OLS, including any information available to HLSS or OLS, as the Administrative Agents or any Noteholder may from time to time reasonably request in order to assist the
Administrative Agents or such Noteholder in complying with the requirements of Article 122a(4) and (5) of the CRD as may be applicable to the Administrative Agents or such Noteholder; provided, that this Section 9(a) shall be applicable to
any and all other Series of Notes issued under the Base Indenture. 
 (b) Series Payment Date Report. In conjunction with each Payment
Date Report, the Indenture Trustee shall also report the Stressed Time Percentage. 
 (c) Limitation on Indenture Trustee Duties. The
Indenture Trustee shall have no independent duty to verify: (i) the occurrence of any of the events described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Target Amortization Event;” or (ii) compliance with clause (vi) of the
definition of “Facility Eligible Servicing Agreement.” 
 Section 10. Conditions Precedent Satisfied. 

The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Holders of the Series 2013-T6 Notes and the Indenture Trustee that, as of the related Issuance
Date, each of the conditions precedent set forth in the Base Indenture, including but not limited to those conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.10(b) and Article XII thereof and Section 12 hereof, as applicable, have been satisfied.

 Section 11. Representations and Warranties. 

The Issuer, the Administrator, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee hereby restate as of the related Issuance Date, or as of such other date
as is specifically referenced in the body of such representation and warranty, all of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 9.1, 10.1 and 11.14, respectively, of the Base Indenture. 

Section 12. Amendments. 

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in Article XII of the Base Indenture, and in addition to and otherwise subject to the
provisions set forth in Sections 12.1 and 12.3 of the Base Indenture, without the consent of the Holders of any Notes or any other Person but with the consent of the Issuer (evidenced by its execution of such amendment), the Indenture Trustee, the
Administrator, the Servicer, the Subservicer (whose consent shall be required only to the extent that such amendment would materially affect the Subservicer) and the Administrative Agents, and with prior notice to the applicable Note Rating Agency,
at any time and from time to time, upon delivery of an Issuer Tax Opinion, unless such Issuer Tax Opinion is waived by the Administrator, the Servicer, the Subservicer and Administrative Agents, and upon delivery by the Issuer to the Indenture
Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the Issuer reasonably believes that such amendment will not have an Adverse Effect, may amend this Indenture Supplement for any of the following purposes: (i) to correct any mistake or
typographical error or cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any defective or inconsistent provision herein or any other Transaction Document; (ii) to correct, modify or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or
may be inconsistent with any provision 

  
 19 

 
in the final Private Placement Memorandum dated September 16, 2013, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time; (iii) to take any action necessary to maintain the rating
currently assigned by the applicable Note Rating Agency and/or to avoid such Class of Notes being placed on negative watch by such Note Rating Agency; (iv) to issue additional Classes of Series 2013-T6 Notes in accordance with
Section 7 of this Indenture Supplement; or (v) to amend any other provision of this Indenture Supplement. 
 (b) In addition
to the provisions described in “Description of the Indenture—Amendments to the Indenture” in the Memorandum, any amendment and/or supplemental indenture to the Indenture Supplement related to the Series 2013-T6 Notes, executed
in accordance with the issuance of any new Series of Notes shall not be considered an amendment or supplemental indenture for the purposes of such Indenture Supplement. Accordingly, any such amendment and/or supplemental indenture to the Indenture
Supplement related to the Series 2013-T6 Notes may amend, modify or supplement such Indenture Supplement without the consent of the Holders of the Series 2013-T6 Notes; provided, that no such amendment or supplemental indenture shall be effective
unless the Issuer obtains an Issuer Tax Opinion and furnishes such Issuer Tax Opinion to the Indenture Trustee; provided, further, that no such amendment or supplemental indenture may, without the consent of each Noteholder holding any Class of
Series 2013-T6 Notes affected thereby: (a) change the Determination Date, Expected Repayment Date, General Reserve Required Amount, Interim Payment Date, Payment Date, Record Date, Redemption Date, Redemption Payment Date, Scheduled
Amortization Date, Stated Maturity Date, Target Amortization Event, Target Amortization Amount or Target Amortization Period related to the Series 2013-T6 Notes, or reduce the Note Balance or the interest rate thereof, or change the coin or currency
in which the principal of such Class of Series 2013-T6 Notes or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after Stated Maturity Date; (b) amend or modify Sections 4.4, 4.5,
4.6 or 6.10 or Article XII of the Base Indenture or Sections 5, 6, 7 or 12 of such Indenture Supplement; (c) change the percentage interest, the consent of whose Noteholders is required in order to perform any action pursuant to the terms and
provisions of any Transaction Document; (d) change any obligation of the Issuer to maintain an office or agency in the places and for the purposes set forth in the Transaction Documents; (e) except as otherwise expressly provided in the
Transaction Documents, deprive any Noteholder of the benefit of a valid first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral; or (f) except as otherwise expressly provided in the Transaction Documents, release from the Lien set forth in
the Transaction Documents all or any portion of the Collateral. 
 Section 13. Counterparts. 

This Indenture Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, by manual or facsimile signature, each of which so executed shall be
deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 Section 14.
Entire Agreement. 
 This Indenture Supplement, together with the Base Indenture incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the entire
agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and fully supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements relating to such subject matter. 

  
 20 

 Section 15. Limited Recourse. 

Notwithstanding any other terms of this Indenture Supplement, the Series 2013-T6 Notes, any other Transaction Documents or otherwise, the
obligations of the Issuer under the Series 2013-T6 Notes, this Indenture Supplement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer, payable solely from the Trust Estate, and following
realization of the Trust Estate and application of the proceeds thereof in accordance with the terms of this Indenture Supplement, none of the Holders of Series 2013-T6 Notes, the Indenture Trustee or any of the other parties to the Transaction
Documents shall be entitled to take any further steps to recover any sums due but still unpaid hereunder or thereunder, all claims in respect of which shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive. No recourse shall be had for the payment of
any amount owing in respect of the Series 2013-T6 Notes or this Indenture Supplement or for any action or inaction of the Issuer against any officer, director, employee, shareholder, stockholder or incorporator of the Issuer or any of their
successors or assigns for any amounts payable under the Series 2013-T6 Notes or this Indenture Supplement. It is understood that the foregoing provisions of this Section 15 shall not (a) prevent recourse to the Trust Estate for the
sums due or to become due under any security, instrument or agreement which is part of the Trust Estate or (b) save as specifically provided therein, constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the
Series 2013-T6 Notes or secured by this Indenture Supplement. It is further understood that the foregoing provisions of this Section 15 shall not limit the right of any Person to name the Issuer as a party defendant in any proceeding or
in the exercise of any other remedy under the Series 2013-T6 Notes or this Indenture Supplement, so long as no judgment in the nature of a deficiency judgment or seeking personal liability shall be asked for or (if obtained) enforced against any
such Person or entity. 
 Section 16. Owner Trustee Limitation of Liability. 

It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Indenture Supplement is executed and delivered by Wilmington
Trust Company, not individually or personally, but solely as Owner Trustee of the Issuer under the Trust Agreement, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and
agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Wilmington Trust Company but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing
herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Wilmington Trust Company, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the
parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto and (d) under no circumstances shall Wilmington Trust Company be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for
the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Indenture Supplement or the other Transaction Documents. 

  
 21 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, HLSS Servicer Advance Receivables Trust, as Issuer, HLSS Holdings, LLC
(as Administrator on behalf of the Issuer and as Servicer (on and after the MSR Transfer Date)), Ocwen Loan Servicing, LLC (as Servicer (prior to the MSR Transfer Date)), Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as Indenture Trustee, Calculation Agent,
Paying Agent and Securities Intermediary, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (as Administrative Agent), have caused this Indenture Supplement relating to the Series 2013-T6 Notes, to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized and their respective signatures duly attested all as of the day and year first above written. 
  

									
	 HLSS SERVICER ADVANCE

RECEIVABLES TRUST, as Issuer
	 		 	DEUTSCHE BANK NATIONAL TRUST COMPANY, as Indenture Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent and Securities Intermediary and not in its individual capacity
	By: Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee	 		 		 	
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

	 Name:
	 	  
	 		 	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

			
	 HLSS HOLDINGS, LLC,

as Administrator and as Servicer (on or after the MSR Transfer Date)
	 		 	 OCWEN LOAN SERVICING, LLC,

as a Subservicer and as Servicer (prior to the MSR Transfer Date)

					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  
	 		 	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

				
	 WELLS FARGO SECURITIES LLC, 

as Administrative Agent
	 		 		 	
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 		 	
	Name:	 	  
	 		 		 	
	Title:	 	  
	 		 		 	

 Signature Page to Indenture Supplement    HLSS Series 2013-T6 NotesEX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

 

					
	AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT	 	  1. CONTRACT ID CODE  	 	   PAGE OF  

1    ,    2

									
	
2. AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION NO.

002
  
	 	
3. EFFECTIVE DATE  

06/24/2013
	 	4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQ. NO.	 	 5. PROJECT NO.

(If applicable)

	6. ISSUED BY
                        CODE	 	5ASNET	 	7. ADMINISTERED BY (If other than Item 6)	 	  CODE  	 	  5ASNET  
	  
 Gregory Bayne

Air Transportation CMC

United States Postal Service

475 L’Enfant Plaza SW
 Room
1P 650
 Washington DC 20260-0650
 (202)268-3428
  
	 	  
 Air Transportation CMC

Air Transportation CMC
 United States Postal Service
 475 L’Enfant Plaza SW, Room 1P650

Washington DC 20260-0650

							
	 8. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No., street, county, State and ZIP Code)

FEDERAL EXPRESS CORPORATION
 3610 HACKS CROSS ROAD
 MEMPHIS, TN 38125-8800
	 	  (x)	  	 9A. AMENDMENT OF SOLICIATION NO.

 

	 	 	  	 9B. DATED (SEE ITEM 11)

 
  

	 	    x
  
	  	 10A. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT/ORDER NO.

ACN-13-FX
  

	 	 	  	 10B. DATED (SEE ITEM 11)
  

04/23/2013
  

	SUPPLIER CODE    000389122	 	FACILITY CODE	 	 	  	 

 11. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO AMENDMENTS OF SOLICITATIONS 

 

							
	 ̈	 	 	 	 	  	     ̈  is extended,       
  ̈  is not extended.

													
	  
 Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment
prior to the hour and date specified in the solicitation or as amended, by one of the following methods:

	  
 (a)By completing Items 8 and 15, and
returning                     copies of the amendment; (b) By acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the offer
submitted;
  

	 or (c) By separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment number. FAILURE OF YOUR
ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE HOUR AND DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this amendment your desire to change an offer already submitted, such change
may be made by telegram or letter, provided each telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour and date specified.

 

			
	
12. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA     (If required.)

See Schedule
	  	  

Net Decrease: [*]            

			
	  
 13. THIS
ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO MODIFICATION OF CONTRACTS/ORDERS. IT MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.
  
	 	

									
	    (x)    	 	  A.  	 	 THIS CHANGE BY CLAUSE IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO: (Specify clause) THE CHANGES SET FORTH
IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A.
  
  
	 		 	
	 ̈	 	 	 	 		 	
	 ̈	 	  B.  	 	 THE ABOVE NUMBERED CONTRACT/ORDER IS MODIFIED TO REFLECT THE ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES (such as
changes in paying office, appropriation date, etc.) SET FORTH IN ITEM 14.
  
	 		 	
	 ̈	 	  C.  	 	 THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF: THE CHANGES SET FORTH IN
ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A.
  
	 		 	
	x	 	  D.  	 	 OTHER (such as no cost change/cancellation, termination, etc.) (Specify type of modification and
authority): THE CHANGES SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A.
 OPTION 2, described in Item 4, exercised
unilaterally by the Postal Service
  
	 		 	

			
	  
 E.
IMPORTANT:     Contractor x is not,  ̈ is required to sign this document and
return                         copies to the issuing office.

 
	 	
	  
 14. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION (Organized by UCF
section headings, including solicitation/contract subject matter where feasible.)
 The purpose of this modification is to
unilaterally exercise Option 2, after Option 1 was exercised
 and as described in Item 4, reflecting changes to the delivery
items for San Juan (SJU) on the Day Network.
  
 As such,
Option 1 and 2, Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, Option 1 and 2, Attachment 4:
 Operating Plan, Night Network, and
Option 1 and 2, Attachment 10: Pricing are hereby incorporated.
  
 Sub Rept Req’d: Y Carrier Code: FX Route Termini

S:    Various Route Termini End: Various Payment

Terms: NET30
 Discount Terms:
 Continued...

 
	 	

			
	 Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed, remains
unchanged and in full force and effect.
  
	 	

					
	15A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)	 	 16A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or print)

 
     Gregory Bayne

 
	 	 

									
	 15B.
CONTRACTOR/OFFEROR
  
  
 (Signature of person authorized to sign)
	 	
15C. DATE SIGNED
	 	 16B. CONTRACT AUTHORITY

 
     /s/ GREGORY BAYNE

(Signature of Contracting Officer)
	 	 16C. DATE SIGNED

 
 06/24/2013
	 	 

 *Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

									
	 CONTINUATION SHEET
	 	REQUISITION NO.               
     	 	 PAGE OF

2         2

									
	 CONTRACT/ORDER NO.

ACN-13-FX/002
	 	 AWARD/ EFFECTIVE DATE  

06/24/2013
	 	MASTER/AGENCY CONTRACT NO.	 	SOLICITATION NO.	 	 SOLICITATION ISSUE DATE

											
	ITEM NO.	 	SCHEDULE OF SUPPLIES / SERVICES	 	QUANTITY	 	
    UNIT    
	 	UNIT PRICE	 	
AMOUNT

	  

 
  
  

 
  
  

 
  
  

00004
	 	 See Schedule

 
 Accounting Info:

BFN: 670167
 FOB: Destination

Period of Performance: 10/01/2013 to 09/30/2020
  

Change Item 00004 to read as follows:
  

Option 2: San Juan Delivery Time
  

During the first twelve (12) months following contract award, upon ninety (90) days advance written notice to the aviation supplier, the Postal Service,
at its sole discretion, may exercise Option 2, after Option 1 was exercised, to implement Option 1 and 2, Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, reflecting changes to the tender and delivery times for San Juan (SJU).

 
 In consideration for exercising Option 2, after Option 1 was exercised, the subject
pricing will be reduced in accordance with Option 1 and 2, Attachment 10: Pricing.
 Account Number: 53503

 
 The dollar amounts included in boxes 12 and 14

are for USPS internal budgeting purposes only, and in no way provide a guarantee to the supplier.

 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  
  

 
  
  

 
  
  

 
  

[*]

 *Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

 United States Postal Service 

AIR CARGO NETWORK 
 Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Awarded By: 

Air Transportation CMC 
 Transportation Portfolio 
 Supply Management 

475 L’Enfant Plaza SW 
 Room 1P 650 
 Washington, DC 20260-0650 

April 23, 2013 
 Modification 1 Issued May 28, 2013 
 Modification 2 Issued June 24, 2013

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Table of Contents 
 Table of Contents 

 

					
	 Part 1: Statement of Work
	  	 	5	  
	 Purpose and Scope
	  	 	5	  
	 Scale
	  	 	5	  
	 Services Provided
	  	 	5	  
	 Service Points
	  	 	6	  
	 Management Plan
	  	 	6	  
	 Frequency
	  	 	7	  
	 Mail Assignment and Transport - Day Network
	  	 	7	  
	 Mail Assignment and Transport - Night Network
	  	 	7	  
	 Local Agreements
	  	 	7	  
	 Postal Service Performs Terminal Handling Service (THS) Operation - Day Network
	  	 	7	  
	 Aviation Supplier Planned Accommodation - Day Network
	  	 	8	  
	 Aviation Supplier Planned Accommodation - Night Network
	  	 	9	  
	 Delivery - Day Network
	  	 	9	  
	 Delivery - Night Network
	  	 	9	  
	 Saturday Delivery - Day Network
	  	 	9	  
	 Specific Delivery Instructions
	  	 	9	  
	 Boarding Priority - Day Network
	  	 	9	  
	 Boarding Priority - Night Network
	  	 	10	  
	 Repossession of Mail by the Postal Service
	  	 	10	  
	 Treatment of Exceptional Types of Mail
	  	 	10	  
	 Perishable Mail and Live Mail
	  	 	12	  
	 Registered Mail
	  	 	12	  
	 Offshore Capacity Requirement - Day Network
	  	 	12	  
	 Volume Commitment - General Information
	  	 	12	  
	 Volume Commitment - Contract Volume Minimum - Day Network
	  	 	13	  
	 Operating Period Volume Minimum - Day Network
	  	 	13	  
	 Operating Period Volume Minimum - Night Network
	  	 	13	  
	 Volume Commitment - Holiday - Day Network
	  	 	14	  
	 Volume Commitment - Holiday - Night Network
	  	 	14	  
	 Operating Periods
	  	 	14	  
	 Ordering Process - Non-Peak - Day Network
	  	 	15	  
	 Ordering Process - Non-Peak - Night Network
	  	 	15	  
	 Ordering Process - Peak - Day Network
	  	 	15	  
	 Ordering Process - Peak - Night Network
	  	 	16	  
	 Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
	  	 	16	  
	 Operational Condition Reports
	  	 	17	  
	 Dimensional Weight Reports
	  	 	18	  
	 Scanning and Data Transmission
	  	 	18	  
	 Performance Requirements and Measurement
	  	 	19	  
	 Reduction of Payment
	  	 	20	  
	 Performance Management
	  	 	20	  
	 Sustainability
	  	 	21	  
	 Security
	  	 	21	  
	 Postal Service Employees Allowed Access
	  	 	21	  
	 Personnel Screening
	  	 	22	  
	 Payment Procedures
	  	 	26	  
	 Rates and Payment General
	  	 	26	  
	 Payment Processing - Day Network - Per Cube
	  	 	27	  
	 Payment Processing - Night Network - Per Pound
	  	 	29	  
	 Reconciliation Process
	  	 	29	  

  
 Page 2 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Table of Contents 
  

							
	Part 3: Contract Clauses	  	 	31	  
	 Clause B-1:
	  	Definitions (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	31	  
	 Clause B-3:
	  	Contract Type (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	34	  
	 Clause B-9:
	  	Claims and Disputes (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	34	  
	 Clause B-10:
	  	Pricing of Adjustments (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	35	  
	 Clause B-15:
	  	Notice of Delay (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	35	  
	 Clause B-22:
	  	Interest (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	35	  
	 Clause B-25:
	  	Advertising of Contract Awards (March 2006)	  	 	36	  
	 Clause B-30:
	  	Permits and Responsibilities (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	36	  
	 Clause B-39:
	  	Indemnification (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	36	  
	 Clause B-45:
	  	Other Contracts (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	36	  
	 Clause B-65:
	  	Adjustments to Compensation (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	36	  
	 Clause B-69:
	  	Events of Default (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	37	  
	 Clause B-75:
	  	Accountability of the Aviation Supplier (Non-Highway) (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	37	  
	 Clause B-77:
	  	Protection of the Mail (Non-Highway) (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	38	  
	 Clause B-80:
	  	Laws and Regulations Applicable (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	39	  
	 Clause B-81:
	  	Information or Access by Third Parties (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	39	  
	 Clause B-82:
	  	Access by Officials (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	39	  
	 Clause 1-1:
	  	Privacy Protection (July 2007)	  	 	40	  
	 Clause 1-5:
	  	Gratuities or Gifts (March 2006)	  	 	41	  
	 Clause 1-6:
	  	Contingent Fees (March 2006)	  	 	41	  
	 Clause 1-11:
	  	Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	42	  
	 Clause 1-12:
	  	Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	42	  
	 Clause 2-11:
	  	Postal Service Property - Fixed-Price (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	42	  
	 Clause 2-22:
	  	Value Engineering Incentive (March 2006)	  	 	44	  
	 Clause 3-1:
	  	Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006)	  	 	47	  
	 Clause 3-2:
	  	Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses (March 2006)	  	 	48	  
	 Clause 4-1:
	  	General Terms and Conditions (July 2007) (Tailored)	  	 	48	  
	 Clause 4-2:
	  	Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement Policies, Statutes, or Executive Orders (July 2009) (Tailored)	  	 	52	  
	 Clause 4-7:
	  	Records Ownership (March 2006)	  	 	53	  
	 Clause 6-1:
	  	Contracting Officer’s Representative (March 2006)	  	 	53	  
	 Clause 9-1:
	  	Convict Labor (March 2006)	  	 	53	  
	 Clause 9-2:
	  	Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Overtime Compensation (March 2006)	  	 	54	  
	 Clause 9-7:
	  	Equal Opportunity (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	54	  
	 Clause 9-9:
	  	Equal Opportunity Preaward Compliance of Subcontracts (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	55	  
	 Clause 9-10:
	  	Service Contract Act (March 2006)	  	 	55	  
	 Clause 9-12:
	  	Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act - Price Adjustment (February 2010)	  	 	62	  
	 Clause 9-13:
	  	Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities (March 2006) (Tailored)	  	 	63	  
	 Clause 9-14:
	  	Equal Opportunity for Disabled Veterans, Recently Separated Veterans, Other Protected Veterans, and Armed Forces Service Medal Veterans (February 2010) (Tailored)	  	 	64	  
	 Contract Term
	  	 	66	  
	 Renewal Process
	  	 	66	  
	 Amendments or Modifications
	  	 	66	  
	 Assignment
	  	 	66	  
	 Bankruptcy
	  	 	67	  
	 Confidentiality
	  	 	67	  
	 Entire Agreement
	  	 	67	  

  
 Page 3 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Table of Contents 
  

							
	 Force Majeure
	  	 	68	  
	 Frequency Adjustment
	  	 	68	  
	 Notices
	  	 	69	  
	 Severability
	  	 	69	  
	 Third Party Governmental Delays
	  	 	70	  
	 Waiver of Breach
	  	 	70	  
		
	 Part 4 - List of Attachments and Forms
	  	 	71	  
	 Attachment 1
	  	Postal Service Operating Periods, dated October 4, 2012	  	 	72	  
	 Attachment 2
	  	Air Stops & Projected Volumes, dated January 8, 2013	  	 	74	  
	 Attachment 3
	  	Operating Plan, Day Network, dated June 24, 2013	  	 	75	  
	 Attachment 4
	  	Operating Plan, Night Network, dated June 24, 2013	  	 	81	  
	 Attachment 5
	  	Reserved	  			
	 Attachment 6
	  	Postal Furnished Property, April 16, 2013	  	 	89	  
	 Attachment 7
	  	Electronic Data Interchange Service Requirements, dated September 1, 2012	  	 	90	  
	 Attachment 8
	  	Investigative / Security Protocol and Guidelines, dated July 2012	  	 	91	  
	 Attachment 9
	  	Wage Determination, dated October 31, 2012	  	 	95	  
	 Attachment 10
	  	Pricing, dated June 24, 2013	  	 	97	  
	 Attachment 11
	  	Perishable Mail and Lives, April 22, 2013	  	 	98	  
	 Attachment 12
	  	Reserved	  			
	 Attachment 13
	  	Service Contract Act Wage Determinations, dated April 17, 2013	  	 	100	  

  

					
	 Forms
	  	
	 DOT Form F 5800.1
	  	Hazardous Materials Incident Report	  	
	 I-9 Form
	  	Employment Eligibility Verification	  	
	 PS Form 2025
	  	Contract Personnel Questionnaire	  	
	 PS Form 8203
	  	Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award	  	
	 US Treasury Form 941
	  	Quarterly Federal Tax Return	  	

  
 Page 4 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 

Purpose and Scope 
 The United
States Postal Service is seeking to purchase air transportation and ancillary services for mail to and from destinations within the contiguous forty-eight (48) states as well as non-contiguous areas to include Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico.
This statement of work (SOW) provides for the transportation of mail on any flight in the aviation supplier’s air transportation network. It also provides for services associated with the transportation of mail by the aviation supplier. The air
carrier’s network or transportation system may include its own flights, flights of its approved subcontractors, flights that may be dedicated to Postal operations, and Road Feeder Service. 

Scale 
 The volume of mail
(expressed in pounds and cubic feet) transported as contracted under this air cargo network contract may increase or decrease significantly over the term of the contract consistent with the needs of the Postal Service. 

Services Provided 
 The aviation
supplier shall provide sufficient resources to efficiently and effectively take possession, sort (if necessary), transport, scan, load, and deliver all mail to the designated destination Service Points specified by the Postal Service in
Attachment 2: Air Stops & Projected Volumes, Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, and Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network. 
 The aviation supplier will present scan data for these events electronically to the Postal Service. See Attachment 7: Electronic Data Interchange Service Requirements. 

[ * ] 
 The aviation supplier will be expected
to (this list is not all inclusive): 
  

	 	a.	Coordinate and oversee its own operations; supervise and protect its own employees. 

 

	 	b.	Ensure that the necessary facility support and administrative functions are performed. 

 

	 	c.	Monitor performance. 

  

	 	d.	Provide feedback to the Postal Service. 

  

	 	e.	Ensure the integrity of data entry. 

  

	 	f.	Coordinate the exchange of information. 

  

	 	g.	Provide notification of changes or anticipated changes in services provided (including subcontractors) to the Postal Service. 

 

	 	h.	Scan material Handling Units. 

  

	 	i.	Assist in unloading or loading Unit Load Devices (ULDs) to or from surface transportation. 

 

	 	j.	Provide the correct type and quantity of equipment necessary to support the service requirements of this contract. 

 

	 	k.	Process mail for dispatch from the aviation supplier’s facility to the Postal Service facility. 

 

	 	l.	Close-out, receive, and dispatch all surface vehicles. 

  

	 	m.	Handle overflow volumes per Postal Service general directions. 

  

	 	n.	Cooperate with all aviation suppliers in the transportation service chain. 

 

	 	o.	Enter data timely and accurately. 

  

	 	p.	Prepare required reports. 

  

	 	q.	Perform verification of security seals on surface transportation. 

  

	 	r.	Ensure the security of all mail. 

  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 5 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Service Points 
 Service Points are the locations where tender and / or delivery takes place. The locations and tender and delivery specifications are listed in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, and
Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network. 
 The Day Network will service approximately eighty (80) origin and destination Service
Points. 
 The Night Network will service approximately one hundred forty-five (145) origin and destination Service Points 

Management Plan 
 The aviation
supplier shall develop and maintain a current Management Plan for dealing with normal daily operations as well as unscheduled and unexpected events affecting the expeditious operation of the facility, including aviation and surface service failure
and delays. The Management Plan must also address the key personnel involved on a day to day basis. 
 Updates to this plan shall be submitted
to the Contracting Officer within ten (10) days of any changes to the plan. The aviation supplier shall review and verify, at least annually, that its management plan is current. 
 The aviation supplier must train its employees to a level of familiarity that ensures a contingency plan can be exercised without delay. The following items must be addressed by the Management Plan; the
list is not all inclusive. 
  

	 	a.	Late arriving aircraft and trucks 

  

	 	•	 	 Ability to conduct two operations – Originating and Destinating 

 

	 	b.	Early arriving aircraft and trucks 

  

	 	c.	Mail arriving out of normal sequence 

  

	 	d.	Trucks not on-site for dispatch 

  

	 	e.	Inclement weather during operations 

  

	 	•	 	 Snow issues 

  

	 	•	 	 Ice storms 

  

	 	•	 	 Airport closures 

  

	 	f.	Protection of the mail during inclement weather 

  

	 	g.	Labor actions 

  

	 	h.	Inadequate staffing 

  

	 	i.	An inability to complete all loading in time to meet tender 

  

	 	j.	Overflow mail 

  

	 	k.	Damaged and / or non air worthy containers 

  

	 	l.	Damaged surface containers 

  

	 	m.	Damaged or non-labeled mail 

  

	 	n.	Plan and schedule changes 

  

	 	o.	Loose load mail 

  

	 	p.	Hazardous Material (HAZMAT)-acceptable and non-acceptable pieces 

  

	 	q.	Handling and staging of live animals 

  

	 	r.	Running out of supplies such as placards, bypass tape, etc. 

  

	 	s.	Power losses – Describe in detail all steps to be taken in the event of power loss to include specific actions for back up power at the Terminal Handling Service
(THS) location such as generators and other systems. 

  

	 	t.	Natural disasters 

  

	 	u.	Equipment breakdowns 

  

	 	v.	Airport closings 

  

	 	w.	Air Traffic Control (ATC) impact mitigation plan 

  
 Page 6 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Frequency 
 The initial frequency of service for the Day Network (Priority Mail / First Class network) is based on six (6) days of Postal Service delivery and shall be Tuesday through Sunday (X1).1 This will provide for approximately 307 (308 in a leap year)
operating days annually. This excludes the widely observed holidays as listed in the sections titled, Volume Commitment – Holiday – Day Network and Volume Commitment – Holiday – Night Network. 

The initial frequency of service for the Night Network (Express Mail network) is based on five (5) days of Postal Service delivery and shall be
Monday through Friday (X67).2 This will provide for
approximately 254 (255 in a leap year) operating days annually. This excludes the widely observed holidays as listed in the sections titled, Volume Commitment – Holiday – Day Network and Volume Commitment – Holiday – Night
Network. 
 Mail Assignment and Transport - Day Network 
 The aviation supplier shall provide flight schedules at least thirty (30) days in advance of the Operating Period. The Postal Service will create dispatch routing instructions based on the aviation
supplier’s flight schedule and subsequently shown on the Postal Service Dispatch and Routing (D&R) Tag. 
 The Postal Service agrees to
provide up to seventy-five (75%) percent of the total volume assigned to the outbound flights to the aviation supplier one (1) hour before the scheduled ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column as listed in Attachment 3:
Operating Plan, Day Network. The Postal Service agrees to provide the remaining twenty-five (25%) percent by the ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column listed in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network. 

Mail Assignment and Transport - Night Network 
 The Postal Service agrees to provide up to seventy-five (75%) percent of the total volume assigned to the outbound flights to the aviation supplier thirty (30) minutes before the scheduled
‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column as listed in Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network. The Postal Service agrees to provide the remaining twenty-five (25%) percent by the ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’
column listed in Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network. 
 Local Agreements 

No Local Agreement (any informal agreement or working arrangement made between representatives of the aviation supplier, the Postal Service, or their
agents who lack authority to bind either company) shall be binding, obligate the Postal Service or the aviation supplier, or otherwise give rise to any claim under this contract. 
 Postal Service Performs Terminal Handling Service (THS) Operation - Day Network 

Mail will be tendered to the aviation supplier in accordance with the Operating Plan provided by the aviation supplier. The aviation supplier’s
Operating Plan will be provided thirty (30) days before the start up of the Operating Period. The aviation supplier’s Operating Plan will specify the following information: 

Specific Type of Airline ULD per origin / destination 
 Destination of Airline ULD – Direct (bypass) 
 Destination of Airline ULD
– Mixed (to be sorted at hub) 
  
  

	1 	X1 refers to the day of the week that service will not be performed. The days of the week are numbered
consecutively from 1 through 7 beginning with Monday (1). “X1” means that service will operate each day of the week except Monday. 

	2 	X67 refers to the days of the week that service will not be performed. “X67” means that service will
operate each day of the week except Saturday and Sunday. 

  
 Page 7 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 The Operating Plan will be mutually agreed upon prior to implementation. 

The aviation supplier will transport, scan, and deliver the ULDs to the specific Service Points listed in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day
Network. The Postal Service or its representative will build the ULDs in conformance with the aviation supplier’s Operating Plan. 

The aviation supplier will perform the following activities including, but not limited to: 

 

	 	a.	Sorting and scanning mail at an aviation supplier hub, as necessary, which also may include re-wrap and reapplication of Distribution & Routing (D&R) Tags
to mail requiring such treatment, and dispatch on service responsive transportation 

  

	 	b.	In the unlikely event that mail tendered to the aviation supplier is in excess (overflow) of what may be transported, the aviation supplier shall:

  

	 	i.	Secure the mail. 

  

	 	ii.	Scan all Handling Units and record the number of pieces, weight, and destination of all overflow Handling Units. 

 

	 	iii.	Immediately notify the local Postal official after becoming aware of an overflow situation. The Postal official will direct the aviation supplier to either hold the
mail for the next outbound flight or return it to the designated Postal facility. 

  

	 	iv.	Prepare all overflow mail for delivery to the local designated Postal facility within twenty (20) minutes of receipt of Postal direction. 

 

	 	v.	Provide a written report of the overflow to the local Postal official with a copy to the COR. 

 When transporting mail in carts, containers, or other vehicles, the mail must be securely enclosed to protect it from loss, depredation, and damage. The aviation supplier will stage mail in a secure area
while in its possession. The aviation supplier is not allowed to transport mail in the cabs of its vehicles except for mail containing live animals. 
 Aviation Supplier Planned Accommodation - Day Network 
 The aviation
supplier will guarantee space to accommodate up to 105% of the Planned Capacity from each origin daily. All mail accepted by the aviation supplier is subject to the service commitments set forth in this contract. 

If the Postal Service tenders mail in excess of 105% of the Planned Capacity for that Service Point, the aviation supplier may refuse to transport the
excess tender. If the volume is accepted, the same service requirements apply. 
 If the Postal Service tenders mail to the aviation supplier
after the ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column as shown in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, the aviation supplier has the right to refuse that volume. 
 Mail accepted after the agreed upon ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, shall be subject to the same service commitments as mail tendered
at or before the ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column. 

  
 Page 8 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Aviation Supplier Planned Accommodation - Night Network 

The aviation supplier will guarantee space to accommodate up to 120% of the Planned Capacity from each origin daily. All mail accepted by the aviation
supplier is subject to the service commitments set forth in this contract. 
 If the Postal Service tenders mail in excess of 120% of the
Planned Capacity for that Service Point, the aviation supplier may refuse to transport the excess tender. If the volume is accepted, the same service requirements apply. 
 If the Postal Service tenders mail to the aviation supplier after the ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column as shown in Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network, the aviation
supplier has the right to refuse that volume. 
 Mail accepted after the agreed upon ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column in
Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network, shall be subject to the same service commitments as mail tendered at or before the ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column. 
 Delivery - Day Network 
 The aviation supplier will deliver mail to a destination
Service Point by the scheduled ‘Latest Delivery Time to Postal Service’ column in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network. 

Delivery - Night Network 
 The
aviation supplier will deliver mail to a Service Point by the scheduled ’Latest Delivery Time to Postal Service’ column in Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network, on or before the scheduled delivery day (D+1) on Attachment
4: Operating Plan, Night Network. “D+1” is defined as the day following acceptance by the aviation supplier. 
 At destination,
the aviation supplier is required to unload the mail from the ULDs received, scan, and deliver the mail to the Postal Service. 
 Saturday
Delivery - Day Network 
 See Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, for details on Saturday delivery. 

Specific Delivery Instructions 

The aviation supplier shall: 
  

	 	a.	Assist in loading and dispatching all outbound surface vehicles, as required 

 

	 	b.	Must develop a cooperative line of communication with the Postal Service to ensure the timely delivery and dispatch of mail. All efforts shall be made to provide an
efficient and effective delivery to the Postal Service. 

 Boarding Priority - Day Network 

The aviation supplier must board accepted mail using the following mail boarding preference order: 

 

	 	a.	Registered (Con-Con) Mail 

  

	 	b.	Lives 

  

	 	c.	Perishables 

  

	 	d.	HAZMAT, regardless of mail class 

  
 Page 9 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

	 	e.	Domestic Priority and Express Mail 

  

	 	f.	First-Class Mail 

  

	 	g.	All Other Mail 

 The Manager, Air Transportation
Operations, or a Postal Service designee, will determine if the Postal Service should repossess any mail without exercising rights as described in the section titled Repossession of Mail by the Postal Service. 

Boarding Priority - Night Network 

The aviation supplier must board accepted mail using the following mail boarding preference order: 

 

	 	a.	Express Mail 

  

	 	b.	All other classes of mail 

 Repossession
of Mail by the Postal Service 
 The Postal Service may, at any time, require the aviation supplier to return to the local Postal Service
representative or agent at a Service Point, any or all of the mail in its possession at that location or the Postal Service may take possession of such mail from the aviation supplier. 
 Treatment of Exceptional Types of Mail 
  

	 	1.	Tagging of Hazardous Material 

 The aviation supplier may carry mailable HAZMAT, subject to applicable law, rules and regulations, including, without limitation: 

 

	 	a.	ORM-D Air 

 “ORM-D”
stands for “Other Regulated Material-Class D.” ORM-D is a term developed by the Department of Transportation (DOT) that signifies the hazard class associated with a consumer commodity. Most hazardous materials accepted by the Postal
Service for mailing are classified as ORM-D. A package marked ORM-D meets the standards for surface transportation only. “ORM-D-Air” signifies that the item meets the requirements for air and surface transportation. 

The Postal Service currently accepts limited quantity alternative marking options (square on point) for ORM-D and ORM-D-Air and plans to
adopt mandatory effective dates as identified by the Department of Transportation. There are no intended changes to quantity limits, package weights, or documentation requirements for these mailable materials. 

 

	 	b.	Division Class 6.2 

 Division
Class 6.2 materials are not permitted in international mail or domestic mail, except when they are intended for medical or veterinary use, research, or laboratory certification related to the public health. These materials are permitted only when
they are properly prepared for mailing to withstand shocks, pressure changes, and other conditions related to ordinary handling in transit. 
  

	 	c.	Division Class 9 

 Division
Class 9 items are miscellaneous hazardous materials or substance articles that present a hazard during transportation but do not meet the definition of any other hazard class. Examples of miscellaneous hazardous materials (not all of which are
mailable) include solid dry ice, elevated temperature substances, environmentally hazardous substances, life-saving appliances, and asbestos. 

  
 Page 10 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

	 	d.	Hazardous and Dangerous Goods 

The aviation supplier will accept all Dangerous Goods as defined in the Domestic Mail Manual, section 601.10. All Dangerous Goods will be
tendered on the Night Network. The Postal Service will be in compliance with the current International Air Transport Association (IATA) allowed variations as listed for the aviation supplier. The Postal Service will tender all Dangerous Goods at
least two hours prior to the tender time shown in Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network. The Postal Service shall not tender any used sharps. Any future changes to Hazardous and Dangerous Goods requirements will be reviewed and must be
acceptable to the aviation supplier prior to implementation of the changes. 
  

	 	e.	All other hazardous material that is packaged and distributed in a quantity and form intended or suitable for retail sale and designed for consumption by individuals
for their personal care or household use purposes; reference  

	 	    	http://pe.usps.gov/text/dmm300/601.htm#wp1065003. 

  

	 	2.	Assignment of Hazardous Materials 

  

	 	a.	The tender of all hazardous materials will be performed a minimum of two (2) hours prior to the final tender time of the intended flight. 

 

	 	b.	The desired flight assignment of HAZMAT is to non-stop or direct flights. 

  

	 	c.	No surcharge is offered for the transportation of HAZMAT mail. 

  

	 	d.	A copy of the manifest and the assigned item MUST be handed to an aviation supplier representative a minimum of two (2) hours prior to the closeout time of the
intended flight. The aviation supplier representative will be responsible for ensuring that the information on the postal manifest which includes the number of pieces, weight, and appropriate shipper’s certification detail is incorporated onto
the aircraft load manifest and pilot notification paperwork as outlined in CFR 49, Part 175, Carriage by Aircraft. 

  

	 	e.	Aviation supplier Refusal to Accept Hazardous Materials: If the aviation supplier refuses to accept a properly prepared HAZMAT item, it shall document the reasons
leading to the refusal. Documentation will include: 

  

	 	i.	Name and address of mailer and air carrier; 

  

	 	ii.	The type and amount of hazardous material; and 

  

	 	iii.	The reason for refusal. 

  

	 	f.	HAZMAT Spills, Releases, Incidents, and Emergencies 

  

	 	i.	While in the possession of the aviation supplier, but not on board an aircraft: 

 Hazardous Material items which are damaged must not be boarded on the aircraft. HAZMAT incidents which occur following the tender but prior to boarding of the aircraft, or after unloading from an aircraft
and before delivery to the Postal Service, causing injury, illness, significant property damage, or disruption in operations will require the aviation supplier to enter the required information into the Mail Piece Incident Reporting Tool (MIRT),
a Postal Service intranet tool for the collection of information on leaking and other non-mailable items. 
  

	 	ii.	While on board an aircraft: 

Any incident which occurs while on board an aircraft will require the aviation supplier to complete a Department of Transportation (DOT)
Form F 5800.1 (01-2004), Hazardous Materials Incident Report. A copy of this form must be sent to the COR within twenty-four (24) hours of the incident with all information available. The incident type is not limited to hazardous
material and may include hazardous cargo spills which come in contact with the mail. 

  
 Page 11 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Perishable Mail and Live Mail 
 The aviation supplier will be required to transport as mail perishable items which the Postal Service has accepted as mailable under Domestic Mail Manual (DMM) 601, sub section 9.0, including live animals
as discussed at DMM 601 subsection 9.3. The Postal Service will notify the aviation supplier a minimum of two (2) hours prior to the ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ time as listed in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network,
and Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network, of the intended flight of known perishable mail, including live animals. 

Attachment 11: Perishable Mail and Lives, details the requirements for preparation and tender of perishable mail and live animal shipments.

 Registered Mail 
 The
aviation supplier will accept Registered Mail provided in Con-Cons for the Day Network only. 
 Registered Mail Con-Cons will be a part of the
Planned Capacity and will be tendered in accordance with Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network. 
 Upon request, the aviation
supplier shall furnish the Postal Service the following information concerning Registered Mail: 
  

	 	•	 	 Aircraft number, 

  

	 	•	 	 Aircraft compartment location, 

  

	 	•	 	 Actual flight departure time, and 

  

	 	•	 	 Any accident or irregularity which occurs to a flight containing Registered Mail. 

Registered Mail Handling Units will have a D&R Tag affixed indicating the final destination air stop. This Handling Unit shall remain intact and
shall not be opened by the aviation supplier. The desired routing for Registered Mail shipments will be to non-stop or direct flights only. 

The aviation supplier shall advise the U.S. Postal Inspection Service, local Postal Service representatives, and will send an email message to the COR of
any Registered Mail that does not make its planned dispatch for disposition instructions. 
 Offshore Capacity Requirement - Day Network

 The aviation supplier will make available at least the following daily volumes into and out of the following locations. 

Cube Based: 
 [ * ] cube (Originating) and [ * ] cube Destinating Anchorage (ANC) 
 [ * ] cube
(Originating) and [ * ] cube Destinating Honolulu (HNL) 
 [ * ] cube (Originating) and [ * ] cube Destinating San Juan (SJU)

 The Postal Service may increase this capacity as needed through the planning process through the mutual agreement of the parties. 

Volume Commitment - General Information 
 The Day Network operating week is defined as Tuesday through Sunday inclusive (X1). 
 The Night
Network operating week is defined as Monday through Friday inclusive (X67). 
 The Postal Service is not obligated to request consistent
capacity by day of the week. Requests for capacity are detailed in the Ordering Process sections. 
  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 12 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 The following constitute the only minimum volume guarantees under this contract: 

 

	 	•	 	 Contract Volume Minimum of [ * ] cubic feet on the Day Network. 

 

	 	•	 	 The Contract Volume Minimum may be reduced in accordance with Clause 4-1: General Terms and Conditions, paragraph m, and Frequency
Adjustment found in Part 3: Contract Clauses. 

  

	 	•	 	 [ * ] 

  

	 	•	 	 [ * ] 

  

	 	•	 	 90% of Planned Capacity for the Night Network for each Operating Period 

 Any monies due as a result of the Postal Service not meeting its Contract Volume Minimum or its Operating Period Volume Minimum as measured and calculated at the end of each Operating Period will be
included as part of the Operating Period’s reconciliation process. 
 On operating days where volume for lanes with Planned Capacity is
withdrawn, withheld, or not transported under the Repossession of Mail by the Postal Service or Force Majeure sections, that volume will not be included in calculating the Operating Period Volume Minimum. The Contract Volume Minimum
will be reduced for the Operating Period by the amount of that volume. 
 Volume Commitment - Contract Volume Minimum - Day Network

 A minimum of [ * ] cubic feet per operational day, averaged across six (6) days per week, and measured across each Operating
Period, will constitute the Contract Volume Minimum guaranteed to be paid by the Postal Service. 
 Operating Period Volume Minimum - Day
Network 
 [ * ] 

Operating Period Volume Minimum - Night Network 
 [ * ] 
  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 13 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Volume Commitment - Holiday - Day Network 

Each holiday will be addressed separately between the parties during the Ordering Process. The holidays are: 

 

	 	•	 	 New Year’s Day (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Martin Luther King Day 

  

	 	•	 	 Presidents’ Day 

  

	 	•	 	 Memorial Day (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Independence Day (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Labor Day (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Columbus Day 

  

	 	•	 	 Veterans Day 

  

	 	•	 	 Thanksgiving (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Christmas (widely observed) 

 For purposes of Contract Volume Minimum and Operating Period Volume Minimum calculations, the following days will not be included: 

 

	 	•	 	 Widely observed holidays 

  

	 	•	 	 The day following the widely observed holidays that occur on a Monday 

 

	 	•	 	 Non-widely observed holidays that occur on a Monday 

 For purposes of Contract Volume Minimum and Operating Period Volume Minimum calculations, the following days will be included at a 50% volume level: 

 

	 	•	 	 The day following widely observed holidays not occurring on a Monday 

 

	 	•	 	 Non-widely observed holidays not occurring on a Monday 

 

	 	•	 	 The day after a non-widely observed holiday 

 Volume Commitment - Holiday - Night Network 
 Each holiday will be addressed
separately between the parties during the Ordering Process. The holidays are: 
  

	 	•	 	 New Year’s Day (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Martin Luther King Day 

  

	 	•	 	 Presidents’ Day 

  

	 	•	 	 Memorial Day (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Independence Day (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Labor Day (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Columbus Day 

  

	 	•	 	 Veterans’ Day 

  

	 	•	 	 Thanksgiving (widely observed) 

  

	 	•	 	 Christmas (widely observed) 

 The widely observed holidays will not be included in the Operating Period Volume Minimum calculation. 
 The non-widely observed holidays will be included at a 50% volume level in the Operating Period Volume Minimum calculation. 
 Operating Periods 
 The Operating Periods are incorporated as Attachment 1: Postal
Service Operating Periods. No Operating Period will exceed five weeks. The Peak Operating Periods are designated in Attachment 1: Postal Service Operating Periods. 

  
 Page 14 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Ordering Process - Non-Peak - Day Network 

The Postal Service will provide the aviation supplier mail volumes in accordance with the identified schedule specified below. The forecasting structure
will specify each origin / destination lane pair including cubic feet by day of week for the pairs. The Postal Service will request capacity based on specific plans for a Tuesday / Wednesday plan, a Thursday / Friday plan, a Saturday plan, and a
Sunday plan. 
 [ * ] 
 Over the
course of the Ordering Process for two (2) Operating Periods, the Postal Service may reduce volume down to the Contract Volume Minimum. 

The request for capacity shall be presented to the aviation supplier in a mutually agreed upon electronic origin / destination format. 

Bypass containers will be allocated in lanes where the requested capacity is greater than one hundred and ten (110) percent of the cubic capacity of
the ULD configuration for the aircraft planned for the Service Point provided there is sufficient space to flow the Bypass container from the origin to the final destination on the scheduled flights. To facilitate this process, the Postal Service
and the aviation supplier will jointly agree upon both Bypass and Mixed containers to be built at all origins during the Ordering Process. 

Ordering Process - Non-Peak - Night Network 
 The Postal Service will provide the aviation supplier mail volumes in accordance with the identified schedule specified below. The forecasting structure will specify each origin / destination lane pair
including weight. 
 [ * ] 
 The
request for capacity shall be presented to the aviation supplier in a mutually agreed upon electronic origin / destination format. 

Ordering Process - Peak - Day Network 
 The Peak Operating Period will consist of four or five individual weeks, measured and planned as independent of each other. One of the five weeks of the Peak Operating Period will include the week of
Christmas. As such, the requested volume capacity will include the Christmas week. The forecasting structure will specify each origin / destination lane pair including weight or cubic feet by day of week for the pairs. The Postal Service will
request capacity based on specific plans for a Tuesday / Wednesday plan, a Thursday / Friday plan, and a Saturday / Sunday plan. 
  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 15 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 The aviation supplier will make available at least [ * ] cubic feet of capacity per week for the Peak
Operating Period for the Day Network. As a general planning guideline, the historical volume transported per day during the Peak Operating Period ranges between [ * ] to [ * ] cubic feet. The Peak season tab included in Attachment 2: Air
Stops & Projected Volumes provides the historic mail volume in pounds by mail class by week during the Peak Operating Period. These volumes are provided for initial planning purposes and do not constitute a guarantee of volume for the
Peak Ordering Period. 
 For the Peak Operating Period, the Postal Service will provide the aviation supplier a request for capacity by lane,
expressed in cubic feet, one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the beginning of the Peak Operating Period. The request for capacity shall be presented to the aviation supplier in a mutually agreed upon electronic origin / destination format.
The aviation supplier will reply to the request by providing the Postal Service with its response expressed in cubic feet one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the start of the Peak Operating Period. The Postal Service will communicate its
acceptance of the aviation supplier’s response ninety (90) days prior to the commencement of the Peak Operating Period. The Postal Service acceptance establishes the Planned Capacity for the Peak Operating Period. 

The Operating Period Minimum Volume for Peak will be [ * ] of the Planned Capacity. 
 The aviation supplier will guarantee space to accommodate up to 105% of the Planned Capacity from each origin daily. 
 Ordering Process - Peak - Night Network 
 The Peak Operating Period will consist four
or five individual weeks, measured and planned as independent of each other. One of the five weeks of the Peak Operating Period will include the week of Christmas. As such, the requested volume capacity will include the Christmas week. The
forecasting structure will specify each origin / destination lane pair including weight. 
 For the Peak Operating Period, the Postal Service
will provide the aviation supplier a request for capacity by lane, expressed in pounds, one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the beginning of the Peak Operating Period. The request for capacity shall be presented to the aviation supplier in a
mutually agreed upon electronic origin / destination format. The aviation supplier will reply to the request by providing the Postal Service with its response expressed in pounds one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the start of the Peak
Operating Period. The Postal Service will communicate its acceptance of the aviation supplier’s response ninety (90) days prior to the commencement of the Peak Operating Period. The Postal Service acceptance establishes the Planned
Capacity for the Peak Operating Period. 
 The Operating Period Minimum Volume for Peak will be [ * ] of the Planned Capacity. 

The aviation supplier will guarantee space to accommodate up to 120% of the Planned Capacity from each origin daily. 

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) 

The aviation supplier will provide status and operational data as specified in Attachment 7: Electronic Data Interchange Service
Requirements. The aviation supplier will use the EDI methods specified in the attachment to transmit and receive volume, and appropriate scans from its system to the Postal Service system. 
  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 16 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Operational Condition Reports 
 The aviation supplier shall submit reports of hub and Service Point operating conditions on a daily basis for the Day Network and the Night Network. 

Some examples of these daily reports (more may be required) are: service performance reports, operations reports for departures / arrivals late due to
mechanical issues, operations reports for departures / arrivals late due to weather and other issues, sort mail volume , mis-sent mail volume, surface truck utilization, etc. The format of the report and the items reported will be mutually agreed
upon by the COR and the aviation supplier. 
 In addition to these daily reports, the aviation supplier will coordinate with and advise the COR
of any contingency plans to move mail delayed in transit, as soon as practical. 
 The table below lists the reports required initially.

  

					
	 Report Type
	  	 Name
	  	Frequency
	Operational Planning	  	[ * ]	  	Prior to Operating Period
	Operational Planning	  	[ * ]	  	Prior to Operating Period
	Operational Planning	  	[ * ]	  	Prior to Operating Period
	Operational Planning	  	[ * ]	  	Prior to Operating Period
	Operational Planning	  	[ * ]	  	Prior to Operating Period
	Operational Planning	  	[ * ]	  	Monthly
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday through Sunday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Monday through Friday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday through Sunday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Monday through Friday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday / Wednesday / Thursday / Saturday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Monday through Thursday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday through Sunday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday / Wednesday / Thursday / Saturday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday through Sunday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday through Sunday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Monday through Friday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Monday through Friday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Daily
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday through Sunday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Monday through Friday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday through Sunday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday through Sunday
	Operational Reports	  	[ * ]	  	Tuesday through Sunday

  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 17 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Dimensional Weight Reports 
 The aviation supplier will provide a weekly report electronically for the Day Network of the dimensional weights [ * ]. This report will provide the following information for each Outside Piece’s
Handling Unit D&R tag: 
  

	 	•	 	 Time of each Handling Unit through the sort 

  

	 	•	 	 The length of each Handling Unit 

  

	 	•	 	 The width of each Handling Unit 

  

	 	•	 	 The height of each Handling Unit 

  

	 	•	 	 The D&R tag of each Handling Unit 

 A sample of the report is below: 
 Sorter’,‘Time
Stamp’,‘Length’,‘Width’,‘Height’,‘D&R Tag’ 

‘AS002’,‘10170703012011’,‘1863’,‘1663’,‘1005’,‘1GBNP673BF’ 

‘AS002’,‘10172003012011’,‘2413’,‘1107’,‘0460’,‘1ICK9H2YF/’ 

‘AS002’,‘10172703012011’,‘3425’,‘1911’,‘0968’,‘15HPP8W7D6’ 

‘AS002’,‘10175003012011’,‘1864’,‘1200’,‘1149’,‘1FZFOM73BX’ 

‘AS002’,‘10175103012011’,‘2404’,‘1153’,‘0460’,‘17MKSORVBQ’ 

Scanning and Data Transmission 

All scanning data required to be presented to the Postal Service shall be in an electronic format acceptable to the Postal Service, containing all
required data elements, and reported within two (2) hours after the occurrence of a reportable event. Available data will be transmitted in EDI message format at fifteen (15) minute intervals. 

Scanning will be used to measure performance and serve as the basis for payment for both the Day Network and the Night Network. 

Technical aspects of Electronic Data Interchange and the types of messaging events are discussed in Attachment 7: Electronic Data Interchange Service
Requirements. 
 The aviation supplier will be responsible for providing technology compatible with Postal Service systems for purposes of
sending and receiving scanning data. 
 The aviation supplier will be responsible for performing the following scans of D&R Tags and ULD
identification tags. 
  

	 	a.	Possession or Load Scan of all Handling Units and ULDs at origin Service Points, including Outside Handling Units 

 

	 	b.	Load Scan that associates the ULD to an aircraft 

  

	 	c.	[ * ] 

  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 18 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

	 	d.	[ * ] 

  

	 	e.	[ * ] 

  

	 	f.	Delivery Scan of each Handling Unit and ULD at the specified delivery Service Point. 

 Performance Requirements and Measurement 
 Mail delivery performance will be measured
against the contract requirements based upon transmitted scan data. 
 Delivery performance requirements are: 

Day Network: [ * ]% 
 Night Network: [ * ]% 
 Peak Operating Period: [ * ]% for the Day and Night
Networks 
 Delivery performance will be measured across an Operating Period on a lane-by-lane basis, using actual scan delivery time versus
Required Delivery Time (RDT), as outlined in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, and Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network. 
  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 19 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Delivery performance will be measured using the following methodology: 

 

	 	a.	The Postal Service will scan all Handling Units at origin. 

  

	 	b.	The Postal Service will nest all Handling Units into ULDs at origin. 

  

	 	c.	The Postal Service will tender the nested ULDs to the aviation supplier at origin. 

 

	 	d.	The aviation supplier will scan the ULDs with a Possession Scan at origin. 

 

	 	e.	The aviation supplier will scan all Handling Units processed through the sort at the hub. 

 

	 	f.	The aviation supplier will nest all Handling Units to ULDs departing from the hub. 

 

	 	g.	The aviation supplier will scan the ULDs as delivered to the Postal Service upon arrival at destination. 

 

	 	h.	The Postal Service will break the ULDs and scan / de-nest all Handling Units. 

 Delivery performance will be measured for all ULDs and Handling Units receiving at least a Delivery Scan by the aviation supplier. 
 The Postal Service will provide data to the aviation supplier via electronic files. The electronic file will show the nested date and time into the ULD, the possession time and date from the aviation
supplier, the delivery time and date from the aviation supplier, and the de-nested break time and date from the Postal Service. Additionally, the files will show the weights of each Handling Unit. 

Delivery performance on a lane level basis will be calculated as follows: 
 Total on-time Handling Units, by lane, for the Operating Period, receiving a Delivery Scan 
 Divided by 
 Total Handling Units, by lane, for the Operating Period, receiving a
Delivery Scan 
 Reduction of Payment 
 If the calculated delivery performance is less than the delivery performance requirement, the late D&R tags will be ordered chronologically by the RDT. The percentage of D&R tags corresponding to
the difference between [ * ]% and the delivery performance requirement (i.e., [ * ]% (Day Network), [ * ]% (Night Network) or [ * ]% (Peak Operating Period)) will not be assessed a reduction in payment. The remaining late D&R tags will be
assessed a reduction in payment as follows: 
  

	 	a.	All Handling Units delivered up to thirty (30) minutes late will be subject to a [ * ]% reduction of the Transportation Payment. 

 

	 	b.	All Handling Units delivered from thirty-one (31) minutes up to one (1) hour to late will be subject to a [ * ]% reduction of the Transportation Payment.

  

	 	c.	All Handling Units delivered 1 hour and one minute late or later will be subject to a [ * ]% reduction of the Transportation Payment. 

The reduction in payment will be based on a conversion of the weight of the late Handling Units to cubic feet by the applicable mail class density and
will be applied at the base or the tier in which the late delivery occurred. 
 Performance Management 

The aviation supplier and the Postal Service will meet once a quarter (at a minimum) to discuss items such as the following: 

 

	 	a.	Cost Control 

  

	 	b.	Holiday Operations and Planning 

  

	 	c.	Aviation Supplier Performance 

  

	 	d.	Peak Season Planning 

  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 20 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

	 	e.	Quality 

  

	 	f.	Ramp Operations 

  

	 	g.	Reconciliation of Irregularities 

  

	 	h.	Security 

  

	 	i.	Technology Issues 

  

	 	j.	Tender and Delivery Hygiene 

  

	 	k.	Volume Planning 

  

	 	l.	Other Pertinent Topics 

 Sustainability

 The aviation supplier must provide following sustainability metrics at the times specified below: 

 

	 	a.	All greenhouse gas emission estimates that are attributed to the transport of Postal Service mail products via air and (if applicable) ground transport by the aviation
supplier. 

  

	 	i.	 Emissions in a standard unit – CO2e 

  

	 	ii.	Total weight of Postal Service products contributing to the emissions in the Calendar Year. 

 

	 	iii.	Total air miles travelled to transport the Postal Service products per Calendar Year. 

 

	 	iv.	High level summary describing methodology which could include the basis for the Postal Service emissions allocation such as space, cost, weight, number of packages or
other methods used to derive numbers. For example, estimates based on gallons used, flight characteristics, or both. 

  

	 	v.	Assurance letter of independent verification of Scope 1, 2, and 3 data. 

  

	 	•	 	 Scope 1: Emissions arising from when the aviation supplier burns fuel in its aircraft or its owned buildings 

 

	 	•	 	 Scope 2: Emissions from purchased electricity or steam. 

 

	 	•	 	 Scope 3: Emissions arising from activities over which the aviation supplier has less control. 

 

	 	b.	Fiscal Year (October through September) and Calendar Year (January through December) greenhouse gas emissions data to be received by the Postal Service no later than
three (3) months after the close of the fiscal and calendar year. 

 The aviation supplier will convene a meeting with the
Postal Service no later thirty (30) days after contract award to discuss high level greenhouse gas emissions estimation methodologies and network boundaries. 
 The aviation supplier will hold quarterly meetings with the Postal Service to discuss reporting methodology developments, boundaries and notification of estimation methodology or boundary changes.

 Security 
 See
Attachment 8: Investigative / Security Protocol and Guidelines. 
 Postal Service Employees Allowed Access

 The aviation supplier shall allow escorted Postal officials showing proper credentials access to all buildings, field areas, ground
equipment being used to sort, stage, or transport mail under this contract or under any subcontract services performed under this contract. Government regulations (e.g., Transportation Security Administration) will supersede this section.

 The aviation supplier will allow unescorted access to Postal Service employees stationed on the aviation supplier’s premises pending
compliance with all required processes. Photography or video taping will not be permitted except as outlined in the security protocols. 

  
 Page 21 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Personnel Screening 
 In general, the Postal Service accepts air carrier security program requirements set forth by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA). In addition to these, the Postal Service also mandates
additional requirements. 
 The Postal Service is aware that the aviation supplier must implement its human resources programs in accordance
with certain state laws and that in that respect there may be certain deviations to the literal application of some of the Postal Service requirements set forth herein. 
 In the event the aviation supplier establishes that a state law prohibits it from requesting from its employees or prospective employees any or all of the information requested in responses to questions
21a through 21e of PS Form 2025, Contract Personnel Questionnaire, as required by 1.d below, or from certifying, as the result of a criminal records check, to any of the items requested under 1.b, Criminal History, below, the aviation
supplier shall be relieved of its contractual obligation to require employees or prospective employees to respond to the portions of those questions requesting the prohibited information or to provide that information as part of its criminal records
check. In these situations, the Postal Service Security Investigations Service Center (SISC) shall conduct the required criminal checks as outlined in 1.b. below. 
 To establish the existence and the extent of the prohibitory effect of any such state law referenced above, the aviation supplier shall provide to the SISC documentary evidence (including a copy of the
state law) demonstrating the stated prohibition. The Postal Service’s concurrence about the prohibitory nature of a state law shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 The Contracting Officer may, in consultation with the aviation supplier and the U.S. Postal Inspection Service, grant other appropriate deviations or implement alternate processes to the standard U.S.
Postal Inspection Service requirements by letter. 
 Applicability 
 Individuals providing services to the Postal Service under this contract (including aviation suppliers, employees of aviation suppliers, and subcontractors and their employees at all levels), hereinafter,
“individuals,” who have been hired after the effective date of this contract and whose duties will or likely may involve handing the mail must obtain a security clearance from the Postal Service, as provided herein. Access to the mail as
defined by 3.a below is permitted as soon as the security clearance package has been submitted to the SISC in Memphis. 
 If the aviation
supplier commences a new operation (internally or with an aviation supplier) for the purpose of processing Postal volume, the employees hired since the effective date of this contract will be subject to Personnel Screening. 

Access to the mail is permitted as soon as the security clearance package has been submitted to the SISC in Memphis. If the aviation supplier has ground
handling services performed at air stops by another aviation supplier (subcontractor), and if, to the best knowledge of the prime aviation supplier, that subcontractor is in compliance with the provisions of this clause, the prime aviation supplier
may certify that fact to the Contracting Officer in writing, and thereby be relieved of the primary responsibility for personnel screening. Prime aviation suppliers are in all cases responsible for meeting these screening requirements for all
persons having access to the mail who are their direct employees. For example, if ABC, Inc. is an aviation supplier, and it performs ground handling services at one or more air stops for CDE, Inc., CDE must certify in writing that: 

I certify that at the following air stops ground handling services are being performed by ABC, and that to the best of my knowledge,
ABC is an aviation supplier of air transportation services under contract number    . A listing of airports served by ABC is attached hereto as follows. 

  
 Page 22 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Aviation suppliers must have clauses in their contracts with subcontractors requiring adherence to the
Postal Service screening procedures contained in this contract. 
  

	 	1.	Requirements: The aviation supplier employing individuals to perform duties under this contract must provide the following documentation as early as
possible, to the SISC in Memphis, Tennessee, with respect to those individuals whose duties will or likely may involve handling the mail. The items listed in sections (a) through (d) below must be completed prior to the employee being
granted permission to handle mail. For purposes of this requirement, the term “completed” means that all tasks have been done, and the required submissions to the SISC in Memphis have been made. 

The aviation supplier is required to maintain all certifications required in sections a., b., and d. 

 

	 	a.	Drug Screening: The aviation supplier must certify that individuals providing service under this contract have passed a screening test for those substances
identified by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) as the five (5) most abused substances which are cocaine, marijuana, amphetamine / methamphetamine, opiates, and phencyclidine (PCP). The tests must be
performed by a SAMHSA approved certified laboratory. The drug test must meet the cut-off levels established by SAMHSA. All drug screening tests must be completed within ninety (90) days prior to having access to the mail since drug tests older
than ninety (90) days are invalid and must be redone. The prime aviation suppliers and all subcontractors must maintain the name of the institution conducting the test and a document indicating if the employee passed or tested positive.

  

	 	b.	Criminal History: The aviation supplier must certify, based upon a criminal records check (a state records check) of each employee through local agencies (state,
county, or city) where the applicant has resided and worked for the past five (5) years (this may require multiple checks for applicants who live in one location and work in another location, or for applicants who have moved within that time
period), that each individual: 

  

	 	i.	Has not been convicted of a felony criminal violation in the past five (5) years; 

 

	 	ii.	Has not been convicted of serious criminal charges (e.g. murder, rape, robbery, burglary, physical assaults, weapons violations, or drug charges [felony or
misdemeanor]); 

  

	 	iii.	Does not have any pending felony or serious criminal charges; and 

  

	 	iv.	Is not on parole for or probation for any felony or serious criminal charges. 

 This will be documented on the Certification and Transmittal Cover Sheet. This form is provided under Personnel Security Administrative Instructions, and may be reproduced by the aviation supplier.

  

	 	c.	Fingerprinting: The aviation supplier must obtain two sets of fingerprints for each applicant. Each fingerprint card, FD-258, Applicant Fingerprint Chart,
and subsequent supplies will be issued by the Postal Service. The Postal Inspection Service will provide additional original copies for aviation supplier use. These additional forms may be obtained by calling the Memphis office at
(901) 747-7712. 

 A copy of a Case Closing Transmittal (CCT) from the Office of Personnel Management (OPM)
may be submitted in lieu of fingerprint cards if the CCT was dated within twelve (12) months of the date the SISC receives the submission. 
  

	 	d.	Citizenship: Certification of U.S. citizenship must be documented on PS Form 2025, Contract Personnel Questionnaire, or legal work status authorizing the
individual to work in the United States is required. (I-9 Form, Employment Eligibility Verification, is to be used for non-citizens). 

  
 Page 23 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

	 	2.	Processing: 

  

	 	a.	The Postal Service agrees to use reasonable efforts to insure that security clearance decisions are issued within thirty (30) days after the aviation supplier
submits the required documents and information to the SISC. The Postal Service, however, cannot guarantee that processing will be complete within thirty (30) days due to circumstances beyond its control. 

 

	 	b.	For each individual employed by the aviation supplier or any subcontractor, the aviation supplier will submit to the SISC: 

 

	 	•	 	 Full name 

  

	 	•	 	 Social security number 

  

	 	•	 	 Drug screening data (1.a) 

  

	 	•	 	 Criminal history certifications (1.b) 

  

	 	•	 	 Both sets of fingerprints (1.c) 

  

	 	•	 	 Citizenship certifications (1.d) 

 Upon receipt of the required documentation, the SISC will submit the fingerprint cards (1.c) to the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and perform a search of the National Crime Information Center
(NCIC) Wants and Warrants and Inspection Service databases at its cost. 
  

	 	c.	In cases where an individual business entity is predominant at a given airport, the Contracting Officer in consultation with the Inspection Service may approve the
receipt of screening documents from that entity. 

  

	 	d.	The aviation supplier shall maintain supporting documentation for the drug screening (1.a), criminal history inquiries (1.b), and citizenship verifications
(1.d) subject to review by the Postal Service, for the life of this contract in accordance with its internal procedures, advising the Inspection Service SISC on the Certification and Transmittal Cover Sheet. 

At the employee’s local station, aviation suppliers are only required to maintain a copy of the Certification and Transmittal Cover
Sheet. The Certification and Transmittal Cover Sheet is provided under Personnel Security Administrative Instructions and may be reproduced by the aviation supplier, as needed. 

Aviation suppliers currently maintaining security screening files under existing Postal Service contracts shall continue to maintain
those files. 
 Submit all forms and certifications to: 

Memphis SISC 

Security Investigations Service Center 
 225 North Humphreys Boulevard 
 Fourth Floor, South 

Memphis, TN 38161-0008 
 The Postal Service intends to make its best efforts to position itself to eliminate the requirement for its set of FD-258 forms, and other submissions to be determined, through cooperation with the
Federal Aviation Administration, Transportation Security Administration, and other agencies or associations to share relevant information for its regulatory purposes. 

  
 Page 24 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

	 	3.	Access to the Mail – Screening Requirements: 

 “Access to the mail” refers to individuals who scan, transport, sort, load, and unload mail to and from ground equipment and to and from the aircraft. This includes employees handling sealed
ULDs. This includes individuals who have direct supervisory duties in directing the transporting, sorting, loading, and unloading of mail to and from ground equipment and aircraft. Individuals providing services to the Postal Service under this
contract (including aviation suppliers, employees of aviation suppliers, and subcontractors and their employees at any tier), hereinafter, “individuals,” who have access to the mail, must obtain a security clearance from the Postal Service
before such access to the mail is granted. 
  

	 	4.	Denial: 

 Persons who meet
the following criteria are not permitted to have access to the mail under this contract: 
  

	 	a.	An aviation supplier, subcontractor, or employee of an aviation supplier or subcontractor who has not received a security screening in accordance with the criteria
listed above under Personnel Screening. 

  

	 	b.	An aviation supplier, subcontractor, or employee of an aviation supplier or subcontractor who has been convicted of, or is on probation or parole for, or under
suspended sentence for assault, theft, or weapons charges or for the illegal use, possession, sale, or transfer of controlled substances during the past five (5) years. 

 

	 	c.	An aviation supplier, subcontractor, or employee of an aviation supplier or subcontractor who has been convicted of any criminal felony violation during the past five
(5) years, who is on parole, probation, or suspended sentence for commission of a criminal felony during the past five (5) years. 

  

	 	d.	An aviation supplier, subcontractor, or employee of an aviation supplier or subcontractor who has ever been convicted of theft of mail or other Postal offense.

  

	 	e.	An aviation supplier, subcontractor, or employee of an aviation supplier or subcontractor who has an active warrant or is on probation or is on parole.

  

	 	f.	An aviation supplier, subcontractor, or employee of an aviation supplier or subcontractor who has any pending felony or serious criminal charges.

  

	 	g.	Any other circumstance that in the determination of the Postal Service makes the individual unfit to provide services under this contract. 

In the event an employee is disqualified under the above criteria, the aviation supplier has the responsibility to insure that the
employee’s duties no longer involve handling mail. 
  

	 	5.	Appeal Process: 

 An
individual may appeal a decision to deny access made by the Postal Inspection Service SISC by sending a letter to the Inspector In Charge, Security and Crime Prevention, Washington, DC, within three (3) weeks of the date of the denial letter.
An individual may not handle the mail during the appeal process. The letter must contain the following information: 
  

	 	a.	A statement that reconsideration of the decision is requested and the basis on which it is sought. 

 

	 	b.	Additional information on the appellant’s behalf. 

  

	 	c.	A copy of the denial letter. 

  

	 	6.	Training: The Postal Service may, but is not required to, provide orientation / training for aviation suppliers during the term of this contract to clarify
security clearance requirements, processes, and procedures necessary to fully implement this program. 

  
 Page 25 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Payment Procedures 
 Rates and Payment General 
 The aviation supplier will be compensated based upon
properly scanned ULDs and Handling Units. The payment for each ULD and Handling Unit will be based on the network (i.e., Day or Night) to which the mail is assigned by the Postal Service. This process will allow for automated payment. 

[ * ] 
 Scan Requirements 

All scan requirements listed below are specified in the Scanning and Data Transmission section. 

Night Turn Scan Requirements 
  

	 	a.	Possession Scan of all ULDs and Handling Units at the origin 

  

	 	b.	Delivery Scan of all ULDs and Handling Units delivered at destination 

 Day Turn Scan Requirements 
  

	 	a.	The aviation supplier will conduct a Possession Scan of all ULDs and Handling Units at the origin. 

 

	 	b.	The aviation supplier will conduct a Nest Scan associating the Handling Unit with a ULD at the hub. 

 

	 	c.	The aviation supplier will conduct a Delivery Scan of all ULDs and Handling Units delivered at destination. 

The Hub Sort Scans will be paid in accordance with the pricing listed in Attachment 10: Pricing for Handling Units sorted at the hub on the Day
Network for which scans are provided. Hub Sort Scans will not be paid for Handling Units assigned to a Bypass ULD or for the Night Network. 
 [
* ] 
 The base and tier pricing from Attachment 10: Pricing will be applied to the volume measured in each Operating Period as follows.
Volume within the base will be paid at the Base Rate. The portion of volume exceeding the base volume and falling within the Tier 1 volume will be paid at the Tier 1 rate. A similar incremental process will be applied to volume that falls within
subsequent tiers. 
 Payments will be made by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT). 
 [ * ] 
 The aviation supplier will bill additional charges not covered within the automated
payments system on a weekly basis. For correct and sufficient invoices received by noon Wednesday of a given week, the Postal Service will process them so as to generate a payment by Wednesday, three (3) weeks following the receipt of the
invoice through the EFT process. 
  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 26 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Payment Processing - Day Network - Per Cube 

Invoicing 
 All invoices for the
transportation of Handling Units or ULDs under this contract will be paid by the cubic foot and payment will be based on completing the required scans. 
 Mail Tendered in ULDs 
 The Line Haul rate for each ULD will be comprised of two components:
Non-Fuel Line Haul and Fuel Line Haul. The Non-Fuel Line Haul rate will include all of the transportation and handling associated with a ULD. Hub Sort Scanning rates are separate from the Non-Fuel Line Haul rate. 

ULD cubic feet will be paid at the agreed cubic feet size for each ULD type described in Attachment 10: Pricing. 

The cubic feet paid will be based on the Postal assigned ULD type. If the Postal ULD type is missing, the aviation supplier’s ULD type will be used
for invoicing. Any discrepancies between the types of ULD processed will be resolved during the Reconciliation Process. 
 The transportation
payment for mixed ULDs will be based on the applicable cubic feet of the originating ULD. These transportation payments will be reduced for Handling Units not receiving a Delivery Scan by converting the weight of the Handling Units without a
Delivery Scan at the correct destination to cubic feet by the applicable mail class density. 
 The transportation payment for bypass ULDs will
be based on the applicable cubic feet of the originating ULD. These transportation payments will not be made for Bypass ULDs without a Delivery Scan at the correct destination. 
 Recognizing operational inefficiencies filling the last ULD at every location, the Postal Service will incorporate within the daily invoice a daily credit based on the total cubic feet of the mixed ULDs
in the Operating Plan divided by the total number of mixed ULDs in the Operating Plan for each origin air stop per day multiplied by 50%. The rate used will be the applicable base or tier cubic foot rate used at the beginning of the invoice day.

 Mail Tendered from Surface Trucks 
 If mail is tendered to the aviation supplier from a defined truck location as identified in Attachments 3 and 4 at contract award, the invoiced cubic feet will be calculated by dividing the
Handling Unit’s Postal Service assigned rounded weight by the applicable mail class density. 
 Mail Tendered from Ad Hoc Trucks into
the Aviation Supplier Hub 
 The aviation supplier will accept ad hoc trucks from the Postal Service at the proposed hub locations. The
invoiced cubic feet for ad hoc trucks will be calculated by dividing the Handling Unit’s Postal Service assigned rounded weight by the applicable mail class density. Recognizing the reduced work content, the aviation supplier will provide an
unload rate in Attachment 10: Pricing for the receipt and processing of all ad hoc truck mail volume. The Postal Service will incorporate ad hoc truck payments in the weekly electronic payment. 

Aviation Supplier Surface Transportation – Not Included in the Transportation Payment 

The aviation supplier will include a separate rate per mile for Highway Transportation in Attachment 10: Pricing which will be applied when the
Postal Service requires the aviation supplier to operate unplanned surface transportation of mail. 
 Hub Sort Scan Charge 

The Postal Service will pay a Hub Sort Scan charge for mail sorted and scanned at a hub per Handling Unit (i.e., D&R Tag) as shown in Attachment
10: Pricing. This rate will not be subject to an increase for the full term of the contract. 

  
 Page 27 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Handling Units sorted at a hub must receive a Hub Sort Scan for payment purposes. The Postal Service
will not pay a Hub Sort Scan charge for sorts not supported by EDI scan information. The pieces scanned into a tendered Bypass container are not eligible to receive Hub Sort Scan charges. 
 Re-Labeling Charge 
 The Postal Service will pay an additional charge to the aviation
supplier for re-labeling Postal Service Handling Units at the hub for which the D&R tag is missing or becomes illegible. The Postal Service will also provide all equipment necessary to perform this function. The re-labeling charge per Handling
Unit is shown in Attachment 10: Pricing. 
 This rate will not be subject to an increase for the full term of the contract. 

Payment to the aviation supplier for the transport of re-labeled Handling Units will be based upon data received from the Hub Scan plus (combined and
matched with) the Delivery Scan for the Handling Unit. An average weight per Handling Unit will be established based upon the previous month’s data for average weight per Handling Unit, and for Handling Units that are not properly scanned due
to conditions beyond the aviation supplier’s control. 
 The equipment to be supplied by the Postal Service for this function will be
listed in Attachment 6: Postal Furnished Property, and will be covered by Clause 2-22, Postal Service Property. Attachment 6: Postal Furnished Property will be created upon successful installation of the equipment. Upon
reasonable advance notice to the aviation supplier, the Postal Service shall be permitted to perform maintenance on any of the equipment located in an aviation supplier’s facility listed in Attachment 6: Postal Service Furnished
Property. 
 Fuel Adjustment 

There will be a monthly fuel adjustment to the Fuel Line Haul rate. Each “month” is defined in Attachment 1: Postal Service Operating
Periods. The adjustment will become effective on the first operating day of each operating period after contract commencement. The adjustment may be upward or downward. 
 The adjustment will be based on the U.S. Gulf Coast (USGC) prices for Kerosene-type jet fuel reported by the U.S. Department of Energy for the month that is two (2) months prior to the adjustment.
The adjustment will be calculated and applied monthly. 
 For example, assume the Fuel Line Haul rate is $0.10. If the June 20XX USGC price
for Kerosene-type jet fuel is $2.68 per gallon and the July 20XX price is $3.00 per gallon, then the adjustment for September XX would be calculated as follows: 
 ($3.00 / $2.68) = 1.12 
 1.12 x $0.10 = $0.11 

The new Fuel Line Haul rate would be $0.11 per cubic foot. 
 In August 20XX, if the USGC price is $2.70 per gallon, the calculation for the October 20XX rate would be: 
 ($2.70 / $3.00) = 0.90 
 0.90 x $0.11 = $0.10 per cubic foot 

This calculation will be rounded after the decimal to four digits. 
 The proposal pricing should be based on the August 2012 U.S. Gulf Coast Kerosene-type jet fuel reported by the U.S. Department of Energy ($3.156 per gallon). 

Fuel will be adjusted for October 2013 based on the August 2013 U.S. Gulf Coast Kerosene-type jet fuel reported by the U.S. Department of Energy.

  
 Page 28 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

 Payment Processing - Night Network - Per Pound 

Invoicing 
 All Handling Units tendered to
the aviation supplier for the Night Network will be paid by the pound and payment will be based on required scanning. The weight will be derived from the assigned rounded weight of the Handling Unit. The Non-Fuel Line Haul rate will include all of
the transportation and handling associated with a Handling Unit. The Fuel Line Haul rate for the Night Network will not be subject to a fuel adjustment. 
 Re-Labeling Charge 
 The Postal Service will pay an additional charge to the aviation
supplier for re-labeling Postal Service Handling Units for which the D&R tag is missing or becomes illegible. The Postal Service will also provide all equipment necessary to perform this function. The re-labeling charge per Handling Unit is
shown in Attachment 10: Pricing. This rate will not be subject to an increase for the full term of the contract. 
 Payment to the
aviation supplier for transport of re-labeled Handling Units will be based upon data received from the Hub Scan plus (combined and matched with) the Delivery Scan for the Handling Unit. An average weight per Handling Unit will be established based
upon the previous month’s data for average weight per Handling Unit and for Handling Units that are not properly scanned due to conditions beyond the aviation supplier’s control. 
 The equipment to be supplied by the Postal Service for this function will be listed in Attachment 6: Postal Furnished Property, and will be covered by Clause 2-22, Postal Service
Property. Attachment 6 will be created upon successful installation of the equipment. Upon reasonable advance notice to the aviation supplier, the Postal Service shall be permitted to perform maintenance on any of the equipment located in
an aviation supplier’s facility listed in Attachment 6. 
 The payment for the Night Network re-labeled Handling Units will be
adjusted to reflect the percentage of re-labeled Handling Units that have already been scanned. This percentage of previously scanned Handling Units will be mutually agreed upon by the Postal Service and the aviation supplier through an audit
sampling of re-labeled Handling Units. Contingency Handling Units are excluded from this adjustment. 
 Reconciliation Process

 Reconciliation of scanning and payment records between the Postal Service and the aviation supplier will be conducted in a scheduled
meeting attended by the Postal Service and the aviation supplier on an Operating Period basis not more than ninety (90) days after the close of an Operating Period, or a time frame as agreed mutually by the parties. The following procedures
will be observed for the reconciliation process: 
  

	 	a.	All data exchanges between the aviation supplier and the Postal Service for the reconciliation process will be performed electronically and sent to specified mailboxes
operated by each organization. Each file will have an individually specified transmission interval. 

  

	 	b.	For all files exchanged between the aviation supplier and the Postal Service, any changes to layout or data definition must be communicated to the receiving party at a
minimum of sixty (60) calendar days prior to implementation, or sooner if mutually agreed. 

  

	 	c.	All file transfers must adhere to Postal Service Security and Privacy rules. 

 

	 	d.	Supplemental Charges / Assessments may be assessed each Operating Period. The charges shall include but not be limited to the following: 

 

	 	i.	Operating Period Volume Minimum and Contract Volume Minimum 

  

	 	ii.	Non-achievement of performance standards 

  
 Page 29 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 1: Statement of Work 
  

	 	e.	Once the parties have mutually agreed on the Operating Period reconciliation, both parties agree that neither can re-open the Operating Period for further adjustments.
By mutually agreeing to the Operating Period reconciliation, the parties thereby agree to waive their right to pursue a claim under the Contract Disputes Act based upon the Operating Period reconciliation. 

In the event there is a catastrophic equipment or information system failure, the aviation supplier will provide electronic files to the Postal Service
identifying all D&R Tags the aviation supplier scanned that were lost. The aviation supplier will notify the Contracting Officer and the COR as soon as the aviation supplier becomes aware of such a failure. 

If the Postal Service cannot produce D&R Tags, an emergency contingency will be developed and implemented. Such a plan will include specifications
for operational and information technology issues, as well as payment. 

  
 Page 30 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 

Clause B-1: Definitions (March 2006) (Tailored) 
 For purposes of this Contract, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 
  

	 	1.	Acceptable Dangerous Goods and Acceptable Hazardous Material: Those articles or substances which satisfy the air transportation requirements for the
transportation of Hazardous Goods set forth in Chapter 601.10.0 of the Domestic Mail Manual and which are not required by applicable federal regulation to be accessible to crew members during flight. 

 

	 	2.	Advertisement: A free or paid mass or targeted communication under the control of a party intended for the general public or a specific potential or existing
customer, the ultimate purpose of which is to promote the sale of such party’s products or services, including, but not limited to, television, radio and internet commercials, out-of-home ads (e.g., billboards, sports stadium displays, transit
signs), direct mail ads, print ads and free standing inserts in newspapers, magazines, and electronic media. 

  

	 	3.	All Mail Due Aviation Supplier: A designated time predetermined when the Postal Service provides all mail to the aviation supplier as shown in Attachments 3:
Operating Plan, Day Network, and Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network 

  

	 	4.	Aviation Supplier: The person or persons, partnership, or corporation named that has been awarded the contract. 

 

	 	5.	Bypass Container: A ULD of mail designated for delivery to destination Service Point on the network which is transferred directly from one aircraft to another
without going through the sort operation. 

  

	 	6.	Con-Con: (Convoy and Conveyance) The concentration in a container of Registered Mail for single, daily, daylight, or authorized night air dispatch

  

	 	7.	Contract Volume Minimum: The volume (in cubic feet) per operational day, averaged across six (6) days per week, and measured across each Operating Period
that is guaranteed by the Postal Service for the Day Network 

  

	 	8.	Contracting Officer: The person executing this contract on behalf of the Postal Service and any other officer or employee who is a properly designated
Contracting Officer; the term includes, except as otherwise provided in the contract, the authorized representative of a Contracting Officer acting within the limits of the authority conferred upon that person. 

 

	 	9.	Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR): A person who acts within the limits of authority delegated by the Contracting Officer. 

 

	 	10.	Contingency Handling Units: Handling Units entered into the transportation network without an appropriate D&R tag. These Handling Units are subsequently
processed at the aviation supplier’s hub through the re-labeling process. 

  

	 	11.	Dangerous Goods (Hazardous Material): Articles or substances which are capable of posing a significant risk to health, safety or to property when transported by
air and which are classified according to Section 3 (Classification) of the International Air Transport Association (IATA) Dangerous Good Regulations, regardless of variations, exceptions, exemptions, or limited quantity allowances.

  

	 	12.	Day Network: Planned network that operates Tuesday through Sunday primarily for the transportation of the Priority and First Class Mail.

  
 Page 31 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	13.	Delivery: The hand-off, at a destination Service Point, of all mail to the Postal Service in accordance with contract requirements. 

 

	 	14.	Delivery Scan: A scan performed by the aviation supplier that indicates that the aviation supplier has tendered volume to the Postal Service.

  

	 	15.	D&R (Dispatch and Routing) Tag: Bar coded tag that identifies the origin and destination airports, mail class, Handling Unit weight, and the assigned network
air carrier. 

  

	 	16.	Exception Sort Scan: A Hub Scan performed on mail Handling Units that require re-labeling due to a missing or unreadable D&R tag. 

 

	 	17.	Express Mail: As defined in the U.S. Postal Service Domestic Mail Manual. 

 

	 	18.	Failure to Load: A failure to accept and load mail as specified in the contract. 

 

	 	19.	Failure to Protect: Is a failure to protect and safeguard mail from depredation, rifling, inclement weather, mistreatment, or other hazard while in the aviation
supplier’s control. 

  

	 	20.	Failure to Protect Postal Service Equipment: A failure to protect, return or safeguard Postal Service provided equipment. This includes MTE and Postal provided
scanning equipment (if supplied by the Postal Service). 

  

	 	21.	First-Class Mail: As defined in the U.S. Postal Service Domestic Mail Manual. 

 

	 	22.	Feeder: An aircraft normally used for local transport (for carriage of cargo and / or containers) to and from locations not scheduled to be serviced by primary
aircraft from a hub, directly connecting these locations to a hub. 

  

	 	23.	Ground Handling: Handling of mail, including unloading of mail from aircraft or ground vehicles, drayage, staging of mail, and loading of mail on receiving
aircraft or ground vehicles. 

  

	 	24.	Handling Unit: A piece of mail (an outside) or a receptacle (such as loose sacks, pouches, trays, flat tubs) that contains multiple pieces of mail which is
individually processed. 

  

	 	25.	Hub: A central sort facility that supports multiple markets via air and ground networks on a regional or national level by means of connecting flights and ground
transportation. 

  

	 	26.	Hub Sort Scan: A scan performed by the aviation supplier at a hub location. 

 

	 	27.	Line Haul: Transporting mail by air between origin and destination locations. 

 

	 	28.	Live Animals: Animals accepted by the Postal Service in accordance with Chapter 601.9.3 of the Domestic Mail Manual. 

 

	 	29.	Mail: Product that carries U.S. postage and the receptacles in which it is tendered for transportation. The term includes supplies and empty mail transportation
equipment of the U.S. Postal Service. 

  

	 	30.	Mail Bags: Postal Service bags which are used by the Postal Service in the transportation of mail. 

 

	 	31.	Mis-delivered: Any mail delivered to the wrong destination. This includes, but is not limited to, mail placed in the wrong ULD, ULDs loaded onto an incorrect
flight or truck, and ULDs incorrectly placarded. 

  
 Page 32 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	32.	Mixed Container: A Unit Load Device (ULD) containing mail for multiple destinations that requires sortation at the aviation supplier hub.

  

	 	33.	Nest Scan: The scan that associates the Handling Unit with the ULD (air container). 

 

	 	34.	Night Network: Planned network that operates Monday through Friday, primarily for the transportation of Express Mail. 

 

	 	35.	Operating Period: A scheduled period ranging from four (4) to five (5) weeks as agreed between the Postal Service and aviation supplier.

  

	 	36.	Operating Period Volume Minimum: The volume minimum resulting from the Planned Capacity established through the Ordering Process for the Day and Night Networks.

  

	 	37.	Overflow Mail: Mail that is tendered in excess of the Planned Capacity. 

 

	 	38.	Outsides: Individual mail piece, with dimensions no greater than 108 inches in combined length and girth and with no single dimension greater than 84 inches
which is not otherwise containerized and must be processed as a Handling Unit. 

  

	 	39.	Package: Any box or envelope that is accepted by the Postal Service for delivery to a consignee. 

 

	 	40.	Perishables: Those items which are susceptible to decay, spoilage or destruction. 

 

	 	41.	Planned Capacity: Volume that the parties have agreed to by way of the Ordering Process for the Day and Night Networks. 

 

	 	42.	Possession Scan: A scan performed by the aviation supplier that indicates the aviation supplier has accepted the volume from the Postal Service.

  

	 	43.	Priority Mail: Priority Mail and First-Class zone rated (Priority) mail as defined in the U.S. Postal Service Domestic Mail Manual, Chapter 3, Section 314.

  

	 	44.	Registered Mail: A mail piece which is mailed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 501.2.0 of the Domestic Mail Manual. Registered Mail provides added
protection for valuable or important mail. Registered Mail provides a receipt to the sender, special security between shipment points, a record of acceptance and delivery maintained by the Postal Service and, at the option of the mailer and for an
additional fee, indemnity in case of loss or damage. 

  

	 	45.	Re-Possessed: Regain possession of assigned mail. 

  

	 	46.	Required Delivery Time (RDT): The latest delivery time to the Postal Service as indicated in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, and Attachment
4: Operating Plan, Night Network. 

  

	 	47.	Service Point: The physical location at which the aviation supplier must hand-off mail to the Postal Service or its duly appointed agent as specified in
Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network, and Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network. 

  

	 	48.	Tender: The drop-off, at an origin Service Point, of mail assigned by the Postal Service to the aviation supplier. 

 

	 	49.	Tender Point: The physical location at which the Postal Service or its duly appointed agent provides mail to the aviation supplier. 

  
 Page 33 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	50.	Tender Time: The latest time at which the aviation supplier is required to accept mail from the Postal Service at an origin Service Point in accordance with
contract requirements. 

  

	 	51.	Terminal Handling: The receipt, scanning, sorting, delivery and / or tug and dolly transportation of mail tendered under this contract. 

 

	 	52.	Trans Log File: The Postal Service data file that contains, for each D&R Tag, the actual weight, origin, and destination market for each Handling Unit.

  

	 	53.	Transportation Payment:: Four items are included in the Transportation Payment: 

 

	 	a.	Non-Fuel Line Haul 

  

	 	b.	Fuel Line Haul 

  

	 	c.	Aircraft Ground Handling 

  

	 	d.	Scanning 

  

	 	54.	Trucking Location: Those Service Points to which mail volume is transported via highway. 

 

	 	55.	Unit Load Device (ULD): Airline container or pallet provided by the aviation supplier 

 Clause B-3: Contract Type (March 2006) (Tailored) 
 This Contract is a fixed-price,
indefinite quantity with adjustments contract for the purchase of commercial services pursuant to 39 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 601 et seq. 
 This is not a requirements-type contract. 
 Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes (March 2006)
(Tailored) 
  

	 	a.	This contract is subject to the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 601-613) (“the Act” or “CDA”). 

 

	 	b.	Except as provided in the Act, all disputes arising under or relating to this contract must be resolved under this clause. 

 

	 	c.	“Claim,” as used in this clause, means a written demand or written assertion by one of the contracting parties seeking, as a matter of right, the payment of
money in a sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, or other relief arising under or relating to this contract. However, a written demand or written assertion by the aviation supplier seeking the payment of money exceeding
$100,000 is not a claim under the Act until certified as required by subparagraph d.2 below. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment that is not in dispute when submitted is not a claim under the Act. The submission may be converted
to a claim under the Act by complying with the submission and certification requirements of this clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or amount is not acted upon in a reasonable time. 

 

	 	d.	     

  

	 	1.	A claim by the aviation supplier must be made in writing and submitted to the Contracting Officer for a written decision. A claim by the Postal Service against the
aviation supplier is subject to a written decision by the Contracting Officer. 

  

	 	2.	For aviation supplier claims exceeding $100,000, the aviation supplier must submit with the claim the following certification: 

“I certify that the claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge
and belief, that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the aviation supplier believes the Postal Service is liable, and that I am duly authorized to certify the claim on behalf of the aviation supplier.”

  
 Page 34 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	3.	The certification may be executed by any person duly authorized to bind the aviation supplier with respect to the claim. 

 

	 	e.	For aviation supplier claims of $100,000 or less, the Contracting Officer must, if requested in writing by the aviation supplier, render a decision within 60 days of
the request. For aviation supplier-certified claims over $100,000, the Contracting Officer must, within 60 days, decide the claim or notify the aviation supplier of the date by which the decision will be made. 

 

	 	f.	The Contracting Officer’s decision is final unless the aviation supplier appeals or files a suit as provided in the Act. 

 

	 	g.	When a CDA claim is submitted by or against an aviation supplier, the parties shall make a good faith attempt to resolve the dispute, including an exchange of relevant
information toward a mutual resolution. Accordingly, by mutual consent, the parties may agree to use an alternative dispute resolution (ADR) process to assist in resolving the claim. A certification as described in d(2) of this clause must be
provided for any claim, regardless of dollar amount, before ADR is used. If either party declares the matter to be at an impasse, the dispute will be resolved through the CDA process as contemplated by Clause B-9. 

 

	 	h.	The Postal Service will pay interest in the amount found due and unpaid from: 

 

	 	1.	The date the Contracting Officer receives the claim (properly certified, if required); or 

 

	 	2.	The date payment otherwise would be due, if that date is later, until the date of payment. 

 

	 	i.	Simple interest on claims will be paid at a rate determined in accordance with the Interest clause. 

 

	 	j.	The aviation supplier must proceed diligently with performance of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim, appeal, or action arising
under the contract regardless of the initiating party, and comply with any decision of the Contracting Officer. 

 Clause
B-10: Pricing of Adjustments (March 2006) (Tailored) 
 When costs are a factor in determining any contract price adjustment under the
Changes clause, the process set forth in Clause 4-1.c will be followed. For any other provision of this contract, the parties agree to use the process set forth in Attachment 10: Pricing and in the Payment Processing sections of Part 1 for
negotiating the adjustment. 
 Clause B-15: Notice of Delay (March 2006) (Tailored) 

Immediately upon becoming aware of any difficulties that might delay deliveries under this contract, the aviation supplier will notify the Postal Service
in writing. The notification must identify the difficulties, the reasons for them, and the estimated period of delay anticipated. Failure to give notice may preclude later consideration of any request for an extension of contract time. 

Clause B-22: Interest (March 2006) (Tailored) 
 The Postal Service will pay interest on late payments and unearned prompt payment discounts in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901 et. seq., as amended by the Prompt Payment Act
Amendments of 1988, P.L. 100-496. The aviation supplier will pay interest on any payment to the Postal Service at a rate equivalent to the prevailing Contract Disputes Act interest rate. 

  
 Page 35 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

 Clause B-25: Advertising of Contract Awards (March 2006) 

Except with the Contracting Officer’s prior approval, the aviation supplier agrees not to refer in its commercial advertising to the fact that it was
awarded a Postal Service contract or to imply in any manner that the Postal Service endorses its products. 
 Clause B-30: Permits and
Responsibilities (March 2006) (Tailored) 
 The aviation supplier is responsible, without additional expense to the Postal Service, for
obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any applicable federal, state, and municipal laws, codes, and regulations in connection with the performance of the contract. The aviation supplier is responsible for all damage to
persons or property, including environmental damage that occurs as a result of its omission(s) or negligence. While in performance of the contract, the aviation supplier must take proper safety and health precautions to protect the work, the
workers, the public, the environment, and the property of others. 
 Clause B-39: Indemnification (March 2006) (Tailored)

 The aviation supplier must save harmless and indemnify the Postal Service and its officers, agents, representatives, and employees
from all claims, losses, damage, actions, causes of action, expenses, and/or liability resulting from, brought forth, or on account of any personal injury or property damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property growing out of,
occurring, or attributable to any work performed under or related to this contract, resulting in whole or in part from negligent acts or omissions of the aviation supplier, any subcontractor of the aviation supplier, or any employee, agent, or
representative of the aviation supplier or of the aviation supplier’s subcontractor. 
 The Postal Service must save harmless and indemnify
the aviation supplier and its officers, agents, representatives, and employees from all claims, losses, damage, actions, causes of action, expenses, and / or liability resulting from, brought forth, or on account of any personal injury or property
damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property growing out of, occurring, or attributable to any work performed under or related to this contract, resulting in whole or in part from negligent acts or omissions of the Postal
Service, or any employee, agent, or representative of the Postal Service. 
 Clause B-45: Other Contracts (March 2006) (Tailored)

 The Postal Service may award other contracts for additional work, and the aviation supplier must cooperate fully with the other
aviation suppliers and Postal Service employees. The aviation supplier must not commit or permit any act that will interfere with the performance of work by any other aviation supplier or by Postal Service employees. 

Clause B-65: Adjustments to Compensation (March 2006) (Tailored) 
 Contract compensation may be adjusted, from time to time, by mutual agreement of the aviation supplier and the Contracting Officer. No adjustment to compensation will be made for changes arising from
Clause 9-10: Service Contract Act or from Clause 9-12: Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act – Price Adjustment. Adjustments in compensation pursuant to this clause shall be memorialized by formal modification to the contract. All
negotiations between the parties shall be conducted with respect to the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. 

  
 Page 36 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

 Clause B-69: Events of Default (March 2006) (Tailored) 

The aviation supplier’s right to perform this contract is subject to termination, in whole or in part, in the event of any of the following events of
default. 
  

	 	a.	The aviation supplier’s failure to perform service according to the terms of the contract; 

 

	 	b.	If the aviation supplier has been administratively determined to have violated Postal laws and regulations and other laws related to the performance of the service;

  

	 	c.	Failure to follow the instructions of the Contracting Officer that fall within the scope of the contract; 

 

	 	d.	If the aviation supplier transfers or assigns his contract, except as authorized herein, or sublets the whole or a portion of this contract contrary to the applicable
provisions of the U.S. Postal Service Supplying Principles and Practices or without any required approval of the Contracting Officer; 

  

	 	e.	If the aviation supplier combines to prevent others from proposing for the performance of Postal Service contracts; 

 

	 	f.	If the aviation supplier or corporate officer has been or is, during the term of the contract, convicted of a crime affecting his or her reliability or trustworthiness
as a mail transportation aviation supplier, such as any form of fraud or embezzlement that has impacted the Postal Service or the U.S. Government; 

  

	 	g.	If at any time the aviation supplier, its principal owners, corporate officers or personnel are disqualified by law or regulation from performing services under this
contract, and upon notice thereof, the aviation supplier fails to remove any such disqualification; 

  

	 	h.	If the aviation supplier fails to provide any notification of a change in corporate officers which this contract may require; or 

 

	 	i.	If the aviation supplier materially breaches any other requirement or clause of this contract. 

 Clause B-75: Accountability of the Aviation Supplier (Non-Highway) (March 2006) (Tailored) 
  

	 	a.	The aviation supplier shall supervise its operations and the operations of its subcontractors that provide services under this contract personally or through
representatives. The aviation supplier or its supervising representatives must be easily accessible in the event of emergencies or interruptions in service. 

 

	 	b.	In all cases, the aviation supplier shall be liable to the Postal Service for the Postal Service’s damages if mail is subject to loss, rifling, damage, wrong
delivery, depredation, and other mistreatment while in the custody and control of the aviation supplier or its subcontractors. The aviation supplier shall also be accountable and answerable in damages for the faithful performance of all other
obligations assumed under this contract, whether or not it has entrusted part or all of its performance to another, except for any failure to perform that is excused by the Force Majeure clause of this contract. 

 

	 	c.	The aviation supplier shall faithfully account for and deliver to the Postal Service all: 

 

	 	1.	Mail, 

  

	 	2.	Moneys, and 

  

	 	3.	Other property of any kind belonging to or entrusted to the care of the Postal Service, that come into the possession of the aviation supplier during the term of this
contract. 

  
 Page 37 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	d.	The aviation supplier shall, promptly upon discovery, refund (i) any overpayment made by the Postal Service for service performed, or (ii) any payment made by
the Postal Service for service not rendered. 

 Clause B-77: Protection of the Mail (Non-Highway) (March 2006) (Tailored)

 The aviation supplier must protect and safeguard the mail from loss, theft, or damage while it is in the aviation supplier’s
custody or control, and prevent unauthorized persons from having access to the mail. 
  

	 	a.	Classification of Irregularities 

The following classifications of irregularities are those that preclude the Postal Service from accomplishing its mission. The damage
caused from these irregularities result in actual damage and degradation to its brand, and therefore, is associated with liquidated damages as stated: 
  

	 	1.	Failure to Protect 

 Failure to
protect the mail consists of: failure to protect or safeguard the mail from inclement weather, from damage caused by the mechanized sort, from acts of the aviation supplier’s employees or contractors, and from loss, depredation, or other
hazards while in the control or custody of the aviation supplier. 
  

	 	2.	Theft of Mail 

 The theft of
mail can cause immeasurable damage to the Postal Service, both in terms of actual economic loss to our customers and to the competitive standing of our products and services. The aviation supplier will support law enforcement efforts to prevent
theft of mail, and will support enforcement officials in the apprehension of those who may be perpetrating such crimes. 
  

	 	b.	Damages and Liquidated Damages 

The following liquidated damages for damaged and unprotected mail are applicable to the associated classifications of irregularities:

  

	 	1.	Damaged and Unprotected Mail 

Liquidated damages may be assessed for damaged and unprotected mail. For purposes of this section, damaged mail will consist of mail
pieces whether inside or outside of Postal Service MTE. This category includes but may not be limited to: 
  

	 	i.	Failure to Protect – Causing Damage to Mail 

 Failure to protect causing physical damage to the U.S. Mail or MTE for which there may be damage assessed equal to the actual costs incurred by the Postal Service necessary to remedy the situation and
forward the mail onward to its next processing or delivery operation. Such actual costs may include items such as administrative time at an appropriate hourly rate for documenting the irregular condition and implementing the damage, labor time used
to repossess the mail, unpack, sort, dry, repack / repackage, and re-dispatch to a subsequent destination or processing operation. 
 If actual damages are not ascertainable, a liquidated damage may be assessed as follows, taking into account the actual damage that may typically result from such situations: 

 

			
	  Per Letter Tray:	 	[ * ] per letter tray
	  Per Flat Tub:	 	[ * ] per flat tub
	  Per Mail Sack or Pouch:	 	[ * ] per sack or pouch
	  Per Outside Parcel:	 	[ * ] per piece

  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 38 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	ii.	Failure to Protect – Dropped or Abandoned Pouch or Piece 

 When U.S. Mail is discovered unprotected in an unsecured location or on the airport ramp, Liquidated Damages may be assessed at $50.00 per incident. 

 

	 	c.	Investigative Costs for Theft of Mail 

 In cases where a mail theft is committed by the aviation supplier’s or its subcontractor’s personnel, actual investigative costs to the U.S. Postal Inspection Service and/or the Office of the
Inspector General may be assessed as actual damages. These costs will be reasonably determined and may begin accruing only when a specific investigation begins on the basis of probable cause. The costs of routine surveillance not associated with a
specific theft or series of thefts will not be assessed. In addition to allocable investigative expenses, the Postal Service may assess actual damages for loss of product value resulting from insurance claims where payouts to postal customers can be
traced to the incident(s). 
 In addition to the above, in cases where mail theft occurs and the Postal Service determines that
the aviation supplier’s failure to properly execute the mail handling employee screening requirements set forth in the Contract was a proximate cause of the theft, and that by reason of the theft it is necessary to conduct a complete audit of
the aviation supplier’s adherence to the screening requirements with respect to the employment of other employees subject to those requirements, the Postal Service may assess an administrative damage in the amount of $5,000 in lieu of actual
costs associated with that audit. 
 Depending upon the circumstances of the incident, the Vice President, Network Operations, in
consultation with the Postal Inspection Service or Office of the Inspector General, and the Contracting Officer, may determine that damages pursuant to this section are not appropriate, and may waive all or a portion of the amounts that may
otherwise be due the Postal Service hereunder. Factors such as the seriousness of the misconduct, the aviation supplier’s level of cooperation in investigations, implementing corrective actions, and efforts directed at loss recovery will be
considered in reaching that determination. 
 Clause B-80: Laws and Regulations Applicable (March 2006) (Tailored) 

This contract and the services performed under it are subject to all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. The aviation supplier
assumes sole responsibility to faithfully discharge all duties and obligations imposed by such laws and regulations, and shall obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, and other authorities required to perform this contract. The aviation supplier
shall hold harmless, save, and defend the Postal Service from any consequence of the aviation supplier’s failure to abide by all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations (including but not limited to regulations promulgated by
the DOL and IRS) relating to the contract and throughout the term of the contract and any subsequent renewal periods. 
 Clause B-81:
Information or Access by Third Parties (March 2006) (Tailored) 
 The Postal Service retains exclusive authority to release any or all
information about mail matter in the custody of the aviation supplier and to permit access to that mail in the custody of the aviation supplier. All requests by non-postal individuals for information about mail matter in the custody of the aviation
supplier or for access to mail in the custody of the aviation supplier must be referred to the Contracting Officer or his or her designee. 

Clause B-82: Access by Officials (March 2006) (Tailored) 
 The aviation supplier shall deny access to the cargo compartment of aircrafts or a vehicle containing mail therein to state or local officials except at a postal facility or in the presence of a postal
employee or a Postal Inspection Service officer, unless to prevent immediate damage to the aircraft, vehicle, or their contents. If authorized Federal law enforcement seeks access to the cargo compartment of aircrafts or vehicles contained mail
therein, the aviation supplier shall notify the Postal Inspection Service before permitting access, unless to prevent immediate damage to the aircraft, vehicle, or their contents. 

  
 Page 39 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

 Clause 1-1: Privacy Protection (July 2007) 

In addition to other provisions of this contract, the aviation supplier agrees to the following: 

 

	 	a.	Privacy Act. If the aviation supplier operates a system of records on behalf of the Postal Service, the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 522a) and Postal Service
regulations at 39 CFR Parts 266-267 apply to those records. The aviation supplier is considered to operate a system of records if it manages records (including collecting, revising, or disseminating records) from which information is retrieved by
the name of an individual or by some number, symbol, or other identifier assigned to the individual. The aviation supplier agrees to comply with the Act and the Postal Service regulations in designing, developing, and operating the system of
records, including ensuring that records are current and accurate for their intended use, and incorporating adequate safeguards to prevent misuse or improper disclosure of personal information. Violations of the Act may subject the violator to
criminal penalties. 

  

	 	b.	Customer or Employee Information. If the aviation supplier has access to Postal Service customer or employee information, including address information, whether
collected online or offline by the Postal Service or by a aviation supplier acting on its behalf, the aviation supplier must comply with the following: 

  

	 	1.	General. With regard to the Postal Service customer information to which it has access pursuant to this contract, the aviation supplier has that access as an
agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to its postal privacy policy at www.usps.com/common/docs/privpol.htm. 

  

	 	2.	Use, Ownership, and Nondisclosure. The aviation supplier may use Postal Service customer or employee information solely for purposes of this contract, and may
not collect or use such information for non-Postal Service marketing, promotion, or any other purpose without the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer. The aviation supplier must restrict access to such information to those employees
who need the information to perform work under this contract, and must ensure that each such employee (including subcontractors’ employees) sign a nondisclosure agreement, in a form suitable to the Contracting Officer, prior to being granted
access to the information. The Postal Service retains sole ownership and rights to its customer or employee information. Unless the contract states otherwise, upon completion of the contract, the aviation supplier must turn over all Postal Service
customer or employee information in its possession to the Postal Service, and must certify that no Postal Service customer or employee information has been retained unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer.

  

	 	3.	Security Plan. When applicable, and unless waived in writing by the Contracting Officer, the aviation supplier must work with the Postal Service to develop and
implement a security plan that addresses the protection of customer or employee information. The plan will be incorporated into the contract and followed by the aviation supplier, and must, at a minimum, address notification to the Postal Service of
any security breach. If the contract does not include a security plan at the time of contract award, it must be added within 60 days after contract award. 

  

	 	4.	Breach Notification. If there is a breach of any nature in the security of Postal Service data, including customer or employee data, the aviation supplier must
follow the breach notification requirements included in the security plan discussed in (3) above. The aviation supplier will be required to follow Postal Service policies regarding breach notification to customers and/or employees.

  
 Page 40 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	5.	Legal Demands for Information. If a legal demand is made for Postal Service customer or employee information (such as by subpoena), the aviation supplier must
immediately notify the Contracting Officer and the nearest office of the Postal Inspection Service. After notification, the Postal Service will determine whether and to what extent to comply with the legal demand. Should the Postal Service agree to
or unsuccessfully resist a legal demand, the aviation supplier may, with the written permission of the Contracting Officer, release the information specifically demanded. 

 

	 	c.	Online Assistance. If the aviation supplier assists in the design, development, or operation of a Postal Service customer Web site, or if it designs or places an
ad banner, button, or link on a Postal Service Web site or any Web site on the Postal Service’s behalf, the aviation supplier must comply with the limitations in subparagraph b (1) above relating to ad banners, buttons, or links, and the
use of cookies, web beacons, or other web analysis tools. Exceptions to these limitations require the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s chief privacy officer. 

 

	 	d.	Marketing E-Mail. If the aviation supplier assists the Postal Service in conducting a marketing e-mail campaign, the aviation supplier does so as an agent of the
Postal Service and must adhere to the Postal Service policies set out in Postal Service Management Instruction AS-350-2004-4, Marketing E-mail. Aviation suppliers wishing to conduct marketing email campaigns to postal employees must first obtain the
prior written approval of the Contracting Officer. 

  

	 	e.	Audits. The Postal Service may audit the aviation supplier’s compliance with the requirements of this clause, including through the use of online compliance
software. 

  

	 	f.	Indemnification. The aviation supplier will indemnify the Postal Service against all liability (including costs and fees) for damages arising out of violations
of this clause. 

  

	 	g.	Flow-down. The aviation supplier will flow this clause down to subcontractors that would be covered by any portion of this clause if they were the aviation
supplier. 

 Clause 1-5: Gratuities or Gifts (March 2006) 

 

	 	a.	The Postal Service may terminate this contract for default if, after notice and a hearing, the Postal Service Board of Contract Appeals determines that the aviation
supplier or the aviation supplier’s agent or other representative: 

  

	 	1.	Offered or gave a gratuity or gift (as defined in 5 CFR 2635) to an officer or employee of the Postal Service; and 

 

	 	2.	Intended by the gratuity or gift to obtain a contract or favorable treatment under a contract. 

 

	 	b.	The rights and remedies of the Postal Service provided in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract.

 Clause 1-6: Contingent Fees (March 2006) 

 

	 	a.	The aviation supplier warrants that no person or selling agency has been employed or retained to solicit or obtain this contract for a commission, percentage,
brokerage, or contingent fee, except bona fide employees or bona fide, established commercial or selling agencies employed by the aviation supplier for the purpose of obtaining business. 

 

	 	b.	For breach or violation of this warranty, the Postal Service has the right to annul this contract without liability or to deduct from the contract price or otherwise
recover the full amount of the commission, percentage, brokerage fee, or contingent fee. 

  
 Page 41 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

 Clause 1-11: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006)
(Tailored) 
 During the performance of this contract, former Postal officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives are
prohibited from employment by the contractor as key personnel, experts or consultants, if such individuals, within two years after their retirement from the Postal Service, would be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during
their career with the Postal Service. 
 Clause 1-12: Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) (Tailored) 

During the term of this contract, the aviation supplier must identify any former Postal Service officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES)
employees it proposes to be engaged, directly or indirectly, in contract performance. Such individuals may not commence performance without the Contracting Officer’s prior approval. If the Contracting Officer does not provide such approval, the
aviation supplier must replace the proposed individual former employee with another individual equally qualified to provide the services called for in the contract. 
 Clause 2-11: Postal Service Property - Fixed-Price (March 2006) (Tailored) 
  

	 	a.	Postal Service-Furnished Property 

  

	 	1.	The Postal Service will deliver to the aviation supplier, for use in connection with and under the terms of this contract, the property described as Postal
Service-furnished property in the Schedule or specifications, together with any related information the aviation supplier may request that may reasonably be required for the intended use of the property (hereinafter referred to as “Postal
Service-furnished property”). 

  

	 	2.	The contract delivery or performance dates are based on the expectation that Postal Service-furnished property suitable for use (except for property furnished “as
is”) will be delivered at the times stated in the Schedule or, if not so stated, in sufficient time to enable the aviation supplier to meet these delivery or performance dates. If Postal Service-furnished property is not delivered by these
times, the Contracting Officer will, upon timely written request from the aviation supplier, make a determination of any delay occasioned the aviation supplier and will equitably adjust the delivery or performance dates or the contract price, or
both, and any other contractual provision affected by the delay, in accordance with the Changes clause. 

  

	 	3.	Except for Postal Service-furnished property furnished “as is,” if the Postal Service-furnished property is received in a condition not suitable for its
intended use, the aviation supplier must notify the Contracting Officer and (as directed by the Contracting Officer) either (a) return it at the expense of the Postal Service or otherwise dispose of it, or (b) effect repairs or
modifications. Upon the completion of (a) or (b), the Contracting Officer (upon written request from the aviation supplier) will equitably adjust the delivery or performance dates or the contract price, or both, and any other affected
contractual provision, in accordance with the Changes clause. 

  

	 	4.	The provisions for adjustment in this paragraph a are exclusive, and the Postal Service is not liable to suit for breach of contract by reason of any delay in delivery
of Postal Service-furnished property or its delivery in a condition not suitable for its intended use. 

  

	 	b.	Changes in Postal Service-Furnished Property 

  

	 	1.	By written notice, the Contracting Officer may (a) decrease the property provided or to be provided by the Postal Service under this contract, or
(b) substitute other Postal Service-owned property for the property to be provided by the Postal Service, or to be acquired by the aviation supplier for the Postal Service under this contract. The aviation supplier must promptly take any action
the Contracting Officer may direct regarding the removal and shipping of the property covered by this notice. 

  
 Page 42 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	2.	In the event of any decrease in or substitution of property pursuant to subparagraph b.1 above, or any withdrawal of authority to use property provided under any other
contract or lease, which property the Postal Service had agreed in the Schedule to make available for the performance of this contract, the Contracting Officer, upon the aviation supplier’s written request (or - if substitution causes a
decrease in the cost of performance - on the Contracting Officer’s own initiative), will equitably adjust any contractual provisions affected by the decrease, substitution, or withdrawal, in accordance with the Changes clause.

  

	 	c.	Use of Postal Service Property. The Postal Service property, unless otherwise provided in this contract or approved by the Contracting Officer, must be used only
for performing this contract. 

  

	 	d.	Utilization, Maintenance, and Repair of Postal Service Property. The aviation supplier must maintain and administer, in accordance with sound industrial
practice, a program or system for the utilization, maintenance, repair, protection, and preservation of Postal Service property until it is disposed of in accordance with this clause. If any damage occurs to Postal Service property, the risk of
which has been assumed by the Postal Service under this contract, the Postal Service will replace the items or the aviation supplier must make such repairs as the Postal Service directs; provided, however, that if the aviation supplier cannot effect
these repairs within the time required, the aviation supplier will dispose of the property in the manner directed by the Contracting Officer. The contract price includes no compensation to the aviation supplier for performing any repair or
replacement for which the Postal Service is responsible, and an equitable adjustment will be made in any contractual provisions affected by such repair or replacement made at the direction of the Postal Service, in accordance with the Changes
clause. Any repair or replacement for which the aviation supplier is responsible under the provisions of this contract must be accomplished by the aviation supplier at the aviation supplier’s own expense. 

 

	 	e.	Risk of Loss. Unless otherwise provided in this contract, the aviation supplier assumes the risk of, and becomes responsible for, any loss or damage to Postal
Service property provided under this contract upon its delivery to the aviation supplier or upon passage of title to the Postal Service as provided in paragraph i below, except for reasonable wear and tear and except to the extent that it is
consumed in performing this contract. 

  

	 	f.	Access. The Postal Service, and any persons designated by it, must at reasonable times have access to premises where any Postal Service property is located, for
the purpose of inspecting it. 

  

	 	g.	Final Accounting for and Disposition of Postal Service Property. Upon completion, or at such earlier dates as may be fixed by the Contracting Officer, the
aviation supplier must submit, in a form acceptable to the Contracting Officer, inventory schedules covering all items of Postal Service property not consumed in performing this contract (including any resulting scrap) or not previously delivered to
the Postal Service, and will prepare for shipment, deliver f.o.b. origin, or dispose of this property, as the Contracting Officer may direct or authorize. The net proceeds of disposal will be credited to the contract price or will be paid in such
other manner as the Contracting Officer may direct. 

  

	 	h.	Restoration of Aviation Supplier’s Premises and Abandonment. Unless otherwise provided in this contract, the Postal Service: 

 

	 	1.	May abandon any Postal Service property in place, whereupon all obligations of the Postal Service regarding it will cease; and 

  
 Page 43 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	2.	Has no obligation with regard to restoration or rehabilitation of the aviation supplier’s premises, either in case of abandonment, disposition on completion of
need or of the contract, or otherwise, except for restoration or rehabilitation costs properly included in an equitable adjustment under paragraph b or e above. 

 

	 	i.	Title. 

  

	 	1.	Title to all Postal Service-furnished property remains in the Postal Service. To define the obligations of the parties under this clause, title to each item of
facilities, special test equipment, or special tooling (other than that subject to a special-tooling clause) acquired by the aviation supplier on behalf of the Postal Service under this contract will pass to and vest in the Postal Service when its
use in the performance of this contract begins, or upon payment for it by the Postal Service, whichever is earlier, whether or not title was previously vested. 

 

	 	2.	Title to all material purchased by the aviation supplier for whose cost the aviation supplier is entitled to be reimbursed as a direct item of cost under this contract
will pass to and vest in the Postal Service upon delivery of the material to the aviation supplier by the vendor. 

  

	 	3.	Title to other material whose cost is reimbursable to the aviation supplier under this contract will pass to and vest in the Postal Service upon:

  

	 	a)	Its issuance for use in the performance of this contract; or 

  

	 	b)	Reimbursement of its cost by the Postal Service, whichever occurs first. 

  

	 	4.	All Postal Service-furnished property, together with all property acquired by the aviation supplier, title to which vests in the Postal Service under this subsection i,
is subject to the provisions of this clause and is hereinafter collectively referred to as “Postal Service property.” Title to Postal Service property is not affected by its incorporation into or attachment to any property not owned by the
Postal Service, nor does Postal Service property become a fixture or lose its identity as personal property by being attached to any real property. 

 Clause 2-22: Value Engineering Incentive (March 2006) 
  

	 	a.	General. 

 The right of
each party to improve its own methods for its own benefit, absent a change to the obligations of the other party which requires an modification to this Contract, and to retain such savings for itself is not affected by this clause. 

The aviation supplier is encouraged to develop and submit Value Engineering Change Proposals (VECPs) voluntarily. The aviation supplier
will share in savings realized from an accepted VECP as provided in paragraph (h) below. No document submitted by the aviation supplier shall be considered to be a VECP unless the aviation supplier specifically marks on the document that it is
to be considered a VECP and contains a statement that the aviation supplier intends the document to be a VECP subject to the provisions of this Clause of the Contract. 
  

	 	b.	Definitions 

  

	 	1.	Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP). A proposal that: 

  

	 	i.	Requires a change to the instant contract; 

  

	 	ii.	Results in savings to the instant contract; and 

  

	 	iii.	Does not involve a change in: 

  

	 	a)	Deliverable end items only; 

  

	 	b)	Test quantities due solely to results of previous testing under the instant contract; or 

 

	 	c)	Contract type only. 

  
 Page 44 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	2.	Instant Contract. The contract under which a VECP is submitted. It does not include additional contract quantities. 

 

	 	3.	Additional Contract Quantity. An increase in quantity after acceptance of a VECP due to contract modification, exercise of an option, or additional orders
(except orders under indefinite-delivery contracts within the original maximum quantity limitations). 

  

	 	4.	Postal Service Costs. Costs to the Postal Service resulting from developing and implementing a VECP, such as net increases in the cost of testing, operations,
maintenance, logistics support, or property furnished. Normal administrative costs of processing the VECP are excluded. 

  

	 	5.	Instant Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performing the instant contract without implementing a VECP minus the sum of: (a) the estimated cost of
performance after implementing the VECP, and (b) Postal Service costs. 

  

	 	6.	Additional Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performance or delivering additional quantities without the implementation of a VECP minus the sum of
(a) the estimated cost of performance after the VECP is implemented and (b) Postal Service cost. 

  

	 	7.	Aviation Supplier’s Development and Implementation Costs. Aviation supplier’s cost in developing, testing, preparing, and submitting a VECP. Also
included are the aviation supplier’s cost to make the contractual changes resulting from the Postal Service acceptance of the VECP. 

  

	 	c.	Content. A VECP must include the following: 

  

	 	1.	A description of the difference between the existing contract requirement and that proposed, the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each, a justification when
an item’s function or characteristics are being altered, the effect of the change on the end item’s performance, and any pertinent objective test data. 

 

	 	2.	A list and analysis of the contract requirements that must be changed if the VECP is accepted, including any suggested specification revisions.

  

	 	3.	A separate, detailed cost estimate for: (a) the affected portions of the existing contract requirement and, (b) the VECP. The cost reduction associated with
the VECP must take into account the aviation supplier’s allowable development and implementation costs. 

  

	 	4.	A description and estimate of costs the Postal Service may incur in implementing the VECP, such as test and evaluation and operating and support costs.

  

	 	5.	A prediction of any effects the proposed change would have on Postal Service costs. 

 

	 	6.	A statement of the time by which a contract modification accepting the VECP must be issued in order to achieve the maximum cost reduction, noting any effect on the
contract completion time or delivery schedule. 

  

	 	7.	Identification of any previous submissions of the VECP to the Postal Service, including the dates submitted, purchasing offices, contract numbers, and actions taken.

  

	 	d.	Submission. The aviation supplier must submit VECPs to the Contracting Officer. 

  
 Page 45 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	e.	Postal Service Action 

  

	 	1.	The Contracting Officer will give the aviation supplier written notification of action taken on a VECP within 60 days after receipt. If additional time is needed, the
Contracting Officer will notify the aviation supplier, within the 60-day period, of the expected date of a decision. The Postal Service will process VECPs expeditiously but will not be liable for any delay in acting upon a VECP.

  

	 	2.	If a VECP is not accepted, the Contracting Officer will so notify the aviation supplier, explaining the reasons for rejection. 

 

	 	f.	Withdrawal. The aviation supplier may withdraw a VECP, in whole or in part, at any time before its acceptance. 

 

	 	g.	Acceptance 

  

	 	1.	Acceptance of a VECP, in whole or in part, will be by execution of a supplemental agreement modifying this contract and citing this clause. If agreement on price (see
paragraph h below) is reserved for a later supplemental agreement, and if such agreement cannot be reached, the disagreement is subject to the Claims and Disputes clause of this contract, or another clause of the contract dealing with
disputes. 

  

	 	2.	Until a VECP is accepted by contract modification, both parties must perform in accordance with the existing contract. 

 

	 	3.	The Contracting Officer’s decision to accept or reject all or any part of a VECP is final and not subject to the Claims and Disputes clause or otherwise
subject to litigation under the Contract Disputes Act of 1978. 

  

	 	h.	Sharing. If a VECP is accepted, the aviation supplier and the Postal Service shall negotiate their respective shares of the contract savings. The contract
savings are calculated by subtracting the estimated cost of performing the contract with the VECP, Postal Service costs, and the allowable development and implementation costs from the estimated cost of performing the contract without the VECP.
Profit is excluded when calculating contract savings. 

  

	 	i.	Data 

  

	 	1.	The aviation supplier may restrict the Postal Service’s right to use any part of a VECP or the supporting data by marking the following legend on the affected
parts: 

 “These data, furnished under the Value Engineering Incentive clause of contract, may not be
disclosed outside the Postal Service or duplicated, used, or disclosed, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to evaluate a value engineering change proposal submitted under the clause. This restriction does not limit the Postal
Service’s right to use information contained in these data if it has been obtained or is otherwise available from the aviation supplier or from another source without limitation.” 

 

	 	2.	If a VECP is accepted, the aviation supplier hereby grants the Postal Service unlimited rights in the VECP and supporting data, except that, with respect to data
qualifying and submitted as limited rights technical data, the Postal Service will have the rights specified in the contract modification implementing the VECP and will appropriately mark the data. 

  
 Page 46 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

 Clause 3-1: Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006)

  

	 	a.	All aviation suppliers, except small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract and that separately addresses subcontracting with
small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. A plan approved by the Postal Service must be included in and made a part of the contract. Lack of an approved plan may make the aviation supplier ineligible for award. A subcontract is defined as any
agreement (other than one involving an employer-employee relationship) entered into by a Postal Service aviation supplier or subcontractor calling for supplies or services required for performance of the contract or subcontract.

  

	 	b.	The aviation supplier’s subcontracting plan must include the following: 

 

	 	1.	Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the aviation supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small, minority, and woman-owned
businesses. The aviation supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of supplies and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs. 

 

	 	2.	A statement of the: 

  

	 	i.	Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract; and 

  

	 	ii.	Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. 

 

	 	3.	A description of the principal types of supplies and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small,
minority, and woman-owned businesses. 

  

	 	4.	A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract. 

 

	 	5.	A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the aviation supplier will make to ensure that
small, minority, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts. 

  

	 	6.	A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the
proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. 

  

	 	7.	The name of the individual employed by the aviation supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.

  

	 	8.	Assurances that the aviation supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1,000,000 to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by
the aviation supplier. 

  

	 	9.	A description of the types of records the aviation supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The
records must include at least the following: 

  

	 	i.	Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; 

 

	 	ii.	Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; 

 

	 	iii.	Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small, minority, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and
if not, why not; and 

  
 Page 47 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	iv.	Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor. 

 

	 	c.	Reports. The aviation supplier must provide reports on subcontracting activity under this contract on a calendar-quarter basis. The report must be one of the
types described in Clause 3-2, Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses. 

 Clause 3-2:
Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses (March 2006) 
  

	 	a.	The policy of the Postal Service is to encourage the participation of small, minority, and woman-owned business in its purchases of supplies and services to the maximum
extent practicable consistent with efficient contract performance. The aviation supplier agrees to follow the same policy in performing this contract. 

  

	 	b.	Subject to the agreement of the aviation supplier and the Postal Service, the aviation supplier will report subcontracting activity on one of the following bases:

  

	 	1.	Showing the amount of money paid to subcontractors during the reporting period; 

 

	 	2.	Showing subcontracting activity that is allocable to this contract using generally accepted accounting practices; or 

 

	 	3.	A combination of the methods listed above. 

  

	 	c.	The aviation supplier will submit a report to the Contracting Officer within 15 calendar days after the end of each calendar-year quarter, describing all subcontract
awards to small, minority, or woman-owned businesses. The Contracting Officer may require more frequent reports. 

 Clause
4-1: General Terms and Conditions (July 2007) (Tailored) 
  

	 	a.	Inspection and Acceptance. Not applicable 

  

	 	b.	Assignment. If this contract provides for payments aggregating $10,000 or more, claims for monies due or to become due from the Postal Service under it may be
assigned to a bank, trust company, or other financing institution, including any federal lending agency, and may thereafter be further assigned and reassigned to any such institution. Any assignment or reassignment must cover all amounts payable and
must not be made to more than one party, except that assignment or reassignment may be made to one party as agent or trustee for two or more parties participating in financing this contract. No assignment or reassignment will be recognized as valid
and binding upon the Postal Service unless a written notice of the assignment or reassignment, together with a true copy of the instrument of assignment, is filed with: 

 

	 	1.	The Contracting Officer; 

  

	 	2.	The surety or sureties upon any bond; and 

  

	 	3.	The office, if any, designated to make payment, and the Contracting Officer has acknowledged the assignment in writing. 

 

	 	4.	Assignment of this contract or any interest in this contract other than in accordance with the provisions of this clause will be grounds for termination of the contract
for default at the option of the Postal Service. 

  

	 	c.	Changes 

  

	 	1.	The Contracting Officer may, in writing, without notice to any sureties, order changes within the general scope of this contract in the following:

  

	 	i.	Drawings, designs, or specifications when supplies to be furnished are to be specially manufactured for the Postal Service in accordance with them;

  

	 	ii.	Statement of work or description of services; 

  

	 	iii.	Method of shipment or packing; 

  
 Page 48 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	iv.	Places of delivery of supplies or performance of services; 

  

	 	v.	Delivery or performance schedule; 

  

	 	vi.	Postal Service furnished property or facilities. 

  

	 	2.	Changes pursuant to the Ordering Process and the Operating Period Volume Minimum sections in Part 1- Statement of Work are not applicable under this
clause. 

  

	 	3.	Any other written or oral order (including direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination) from the Contracting Officer that causes a change will be treated
as a change order under this paragraph, provided that the aviation supplier gives the Contracting Officer written notice stating: (a) the date, circumstances, and source of the order and (b) that the aviation supplier regards the order as
a change order. 

  

	 	4.	If any such change affects the cost of performance or the delivery schedule, the contract may be modified to effect an equitable adjustment. 

 

	 	5.	The aviation supplier’s claim for equitable adjustment must be asserted within 60 days of receiving a written change order, or on a date otherwise agreed to by the
parties in writing. A later claim may be acted upon — but not after final payment under this contract — if the Contracting Officer decides that the facts justify such action. 

 

	 	6.	Failure to agree to any adjustment is a dispute under Clause B-9, Claims and Disputes. 

 

	 	d.	Reserved 

  

	 	e.	Reserved 

  

	 	f.	Reserved 

  

	 	g.	Invoices 

 The Postal
Service intends to certify payment for services based, in part, upon collected scanned data. For services based upon scanned data, the aviation supplier need not submit an invoice for payment. Rather, payment will be automatically processed, on a
weekly basis, based on the scan data. In addition, certain supplemental charges (including, but not limited to, charges related to minimum guaranteed volumes, surface transportation, and non-achievement of performance standards) may be assessed
under the contract. 
 Any service requiring invoicing must meet the requirements specified herein. The aviation supplier shall
submit an original invoice (or electronic invoice if authorized) to the Contracting Officer’s Representative. All invoices must be submitted within ninety (90) days from completion of the service or the applicable Operating Period to be
eligible for payment. Invoices received after ninety (90) days from completion of the service or Operating Period will be subject to a 10% deduction or a deduction of $10,000, whichever is less, as a liquidated damage. The aviation supplier
shall allow at least twenty-eight (28) calendar days before submitting a second invoice to the Postal Service for the same service. 
 To ensure prompt payment, an original paper invoice (or electronic invoice, if authorized) must contain: 
  

	 	1.	Aviation supplier’s name, remit to address (including ZIP+4), contact person and phone number; 

 

	 	2.	Unique invoice number and invoice date; 

  

	 	3.	Contract number; 

  

	 	4.	A description of the supplies or services and the dates delivered or performed; 

 

	 	5.	Points (air stops or facility) of shipment tender and delivery; if applicable; 

 

	 	6.	Quantity, unit of measure, unit price(s) and extension(s) of the items delivered; if applicable; 

  
 Page 49 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	7.	Payment terms, including any discounts offered; 

  

	 	8.	Name, title, and phone number of the person to be notified in the event of a defective invoice; and 

 

	 	9.	Any additional information required by the contract or specified by the Contracting Officer. 

Invoices will be handled in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act (31 U.S.C. 3903) and Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular
A-125, Prompt Payment. Further guidelines may be found in the Payment Processing and Reconciliation Process sections of Part I – Statement of Work. 
  

	 	h.	Patent Indemnity. The aviation supplier will indemnify the Postal Service and its officers, employees and agents against liability, including costs for actual or
alleged direct or contributory infringement of, or inducement to infringe, any United States or foreign patent, trademark, or copyright, arising out of the performance of this contract, provided the aviation supplier is reasonably notified of such
claims and proceedings. 

  

	 	i.	Payment  

 Payment will
only be made for: 
  

	 	1.	Items that have been properly scanned and delivered to the correct delivery destination Service Points set forth in this contract, and 

 

	 	2.	Other services and charges agreed upon by the parties. 

 The Postal Service will make payment in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act (31 U.S.C. 3903) and 5 CFR 1315. Payments under this contract may be made by the Postal Service either by electronic funds
transfer or other method agreed upon by the parties. 
  

	 	j.	Risk of Loss. The Postal Service shall be liable for all third-party customer claims arising from or in connection with the loss, damage, or delay of any mail
transported under this contract, except to the extent of any insurance proceeds received by the aviation supplier as a result of a catastrophic loss of an aircraft or other transport vehicle and attributable to Postal Service mail.

  

	 	k.	Taxes. The contract price includes all applicable federal, state, and local taxes and duties except the applicable Federal excise tax on the transportation of
property via air. The aviation supplier is required to report to the Postal Service on an annual basis (October 1), the portion of the rates listed in Attachment 10: Pricing that are subject to federal excise tax. The Postal Service shall
hold harmless, save, and defend the aviation supplier from any demand or claim of, or on behalf of, the IRS or the United States based on the application of federal excise taxes applicable to the transportation services performed by the aviation
supplier under this contract. 

  

	 	l.	Termination on Notice. 

  

	 	1.	This contract does not contain a Termination for Convenience clause. In lieu of a Termination for Convenience, either party may terminate this contract without cause by
providing advanced written notice to the non-terminating party and a termination fee as follows: 

  
 Page 50 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

					
	 Advanced Notice

Provided
	  	 Postal Service

Termination Fee
	  	 Aviation Supplier

Termination Fee

	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]

  

	 	2.	The terminating party must pay the termination fee corresponding to the advanced written notice within ninety (90) of the written notice of termination.

  

	 	3.	If the aviation supplier terminates the contract under this provision, the aviation supplier guarantees to provide the Postal Service a daily average capacity through
the effective date of the termination of not less than the daily average capacity offered in the two most recently completed Operating Periods prior to the date of the receipt of the notice of termination, or, if two Operating Periods have not been
completed when the notice of termination is received, the daily average capacity offered shall be at least equal to the average daily capacity transported prior to the receipt of the written notice of termination. 

 

	 	4.	Either party’s termination under this provision shall not prejudice the aviation supplier’s right to payment for services rendered, but neither party shall be
liable to the other for any other damages, fees, or payment except for the termination fee above. 

  

	 	5.	This clause does not apply to changes in service resulting from the Postal Service changing from six (6) days to less than six (6) days of delivery per week.
If such a scenario should occur, refer to the Frequency Adjustment clause of this contract. 

  

	 	m.	Termination for Default. The Postal Service may terminate this contract, or any part hereof, for default if the aviation supplier fails to cure such default
within thirty (30) days of being advised in writing of such by the Postal Service, or if the aviation supplier fails to provide the Postal Service, upon request, with adequate assurances of future performance. In the event of termination for
default, the Postal Service will not be liable to the aviation supplier for any amount for supplies or services not provided, and the Postal Service shall have any and all rights and remedies provided by law, including the right to assess reasonable
excess re-procurement costs. The Postal Service may withhold payment otherwise due the aviation supplier for services already performed in order to protect its interest in recouping excess re-procurement costs, and will promptly determine such costs
so as to mitigate damage to the aviation supplier. 

  

	 	n.	Title. Not applicable 

  

	 	o.	Warranty. The aviation supplier warrants and represents that the services delivered under this contract shall be in accordance with the requirements and
performance standards set forth in the contract. With respect to services for which performance standards are set forth in the contract, the Postal Service’s exclusive remedy (other than termination for default) shall be price adjustments as
provided in this contract. With respect to all other services, the Postal Service’s exclusive remedy (other than termination for default) shall be for the aviation supplier to promptly correct, replace, or otherwise cure such performance at no
cost to the Postal Service. 

  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 51 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	p.	Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise provided by an express or implied warranty, the supplier will not be liable to the Postal Service for consequential
damages resulting from any defect or deficiencies in accepted items or services. 

  

	 	q.	Other Compliance Requirements. The aviation supplier will comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, executive orders, rules and regulations
applicable to its performance under this contract. 

  

	 	r.	Order of Precedence. Any inconsistencies in this solicitation or contract will be resolved by giving precedence in the following order: 

 

	 	1.	Contract clauses; 

  

	 	2.	Statement of Work; 

  

	 	3.	Attachments to the Statement of Work; 

  

	 	4.	Solicitation provisions 

  

	 	5.	Form 8203; 

  

	 	6.	Other documents and attachments associated with the contract. 

  

	 	s.	Incorporation by Reference. Not applicable 

  

	 	t.	Shipping. Not applicable 

 Clause
4-2: Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement Policies, Statutes, or Executive Orders (July 2009) (Tailored) 
  

	 	a.	Incorporation by Reference. Not applicable 

  

	 	b.	Examination of Records. 

  

	 	1.	Records. “Records” includes books, documents, accounting procedures and practices, and other data, regardless of type and regardless of whether such
items are in written form, in the form of computer data, or in any other form. 

  

	 	2.	Examination of Costs. If this is a cost-type contract, the aviation supplier must maintain, and the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit all
records and other evidence sufficient to reflect properly all costs claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred directly or indirectly in performance of this contract. This right of examination includes inspection at all reasonable
times of the aviation supplier’s plants, or parts of them, engaged in the performance of this contract. 

  

	 	3.	Cost or Pricing Data. If the aviation supplier is required to submit cost or pricing data in connection with any pricing action relating to this contract, the
Postal Service, in order to evaluate the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost or pricing data, will have the right to examine and audit all of the aviation supplier’s records, including computations and projections directly, related
to: 

  

	 	a.	The proposal for the contract, subcontract, or modification; 

  

	 	b.	Pricing of the contract, subcontract, or modification; or 

  

	 	c.	Performance of the contract, subcontract or modification. 

  

	 	4.	Reports. If the aviation supplier is required to furnish cost, funding or performance reports, the Contracting Officer or any authorized representative of the
Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit the supporting records and materials, for the purposes of evaluating: 

  

	 	a.	The effectiveness of the aviation supplier’s policies and procedures to produce data compatible with the objectives of these reports; and 

 

	 	b.	The data reported. 

  
 Page 52 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	5.	Availability. The aviation supplier must maintain and make available at its office at all reasonable times the records, materials, and other evidence described
in (b)(1)-(4) of this clause, for examination, audit, or reproduction, until three years after final payment under this contract or any longer period required by statute or other clauses in this contract. In addition: 

 

	 	a.	If this contract is completely or partially terminated, the aviation supplier must make available the records related to the work terminated until three years after any
resulting final termination settlement; and 

  

	 	b.	The aviation supplier must make available records relating to appeals under the claims and disputes clause or to litigation or the settlement of claims arising under or
related to this contract. Such records must be made available until such appeals, litigation or claims are finally resolved. 

Clause 4-7: Records Ownership (March 2006) 
 Notwithstanding any state law providing for retention of rights in the records, the aviation supplier agrees that the Postal Service may, at its option, demand and take without additional compensation all
records relating to the services provided under this agreement. The aviation supplier must turn over all such records upon request but may retain copies of documents produced by the aviation supplier. 

Clause 6-1: Contracting Officer’s Representative (March 2006) 
 The Contracting Officer will appoint a Contracting Officer’s representative (COR), responsible for the day-to-day administration of the contract, who will serve as the Postal Service’s point of
contact with the aviation supplier on all routine matters. A copy of the notice of appointment defining the COR’s authority will be furnished to the aviation supplier upon award of the contract. 

 

	 	a.	The COR may be changed at any time by the Postal Service without prior notice to the aviation supplier, but notification of the change, including the name and address
of the successor COR, will be promptly provided to the aviation supplier by the Contracting Officer in writing. 

  

	 	b.	The responsibilities and limitations of the COR are as follows: 

  

	 	1.	The COR is responsible for the operational and administrative aspects of the contract and technical liaison with the aviation supplier. The COR is responsible also for
the final inspection and acceptance of aviation supplier performance and submitted reports and has other responsibilities as specified by the contract. 

  

	 	2.	The COR is not authorized to make any commitments or otherwise obligate the Postal Service or authorize any changes affecting the contract price, terms, or conditions.
Any aviation supplier request for changes must be referred to the Contracting Officer directly or through the COR. No such changes may be made without the Contracting Officer’s express prior authorization. 

 

	 	3.	The COR may place orders for the aviation supplier to transport and process mail in accordance with the provisions of the contract at the agreed-upon rate only.

 Clause 9-1: Convict Labor (March 2006) 
 In connection with the work under this contract, the aviation supplier agrees not to employ any person undergoing sentence of imprisonment, except as provided by E.O. 11755, December 28, 1973,
as amended and 18 USC 3621 and 3622. 

  
 Page 53 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

 Clause 9-2: Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Overtime Compensation (March 2006)

  

	 	a.	No aviation supplier or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work may require or permit any laborer or mechanic to work more than 40 hours in any
workweek on work subject to the provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, unless the laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one-and-one-half times the laborer’s or mechanic’s basic rate of
pay for all such hours worked in excess of 40 hours. 

  

	 	b.	Violation, Liability for Unpaid Wages, and Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of paragraph a above, the aviation supplier and any subcontractor
responsible for the violation are liable to any affected employee for unpaid wages. The aviation supplier and subcontractor are also liable to the Postal Service for liquidated damages, which will be computed for each laborer or mechanic at $10 for
each day on which the employee was required or permitted to work in violation of paragraph a above. 

  

	 	c.	Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Contracting Officer may withhold from the aviation supplier, from any moneys payable to the aviation
supplier or subcontractor under this or any other contract with the same aviation supplier, or any other federally assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act held by the same aviation supplier, sums as may
administratively be determined necessary to satisfy any liabilities of the aviation supplier or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages pursuant to paragraph b above. 

 

	 	d.	Records. The aviation supplier or subcontractor must maintain for 3 years from the completion of the contract for each laborer and mechanic (including watchmen
and guards) working on the contract payroll records which contain the name, address, social security number, and classification(s) of each such employee, hourly rates of wages paid, number of daily and weekly hours worked, deductions made, and
actual wages paid. The aviation supplier or subcontractor must make these records available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the Contracting Officer and the Department of Labor, and must permit such
representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. (The Department of Labor information collection and record keeping requirements in this paragraph d have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control
numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) 

  

	 	e.	Subcontracts. The aviation supplier must insert paragraphs a through d of this clause in all subcontracts, and must require their inclusion in all subcontracts
at any tier. 

 Clause 9-7: Equal Opportunity (March 2006) (Tailored) 

During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: 

 

	 	1.	The contractor may not discriminate against employees or applicants for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take
affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following:
Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in
conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Contracting Officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 

 

	 	2.	The contractor, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive
consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 

  
 Page 54 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	3.	The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a
notice, provided by the agency Contracting Officer, advising the labor union or workers’ representative of the contractor’s commitments under section 202 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and must post copies of the
notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 

  

	 	4.	The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order (EO) 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders
of the Secretary of Labor. 

  

	 	5.	The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order, 11246 of September 24, 1964, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the
Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders.

  

	 	6.	In the event of the contractor’s non-compliance with the non-discrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this
contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended, in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and
such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 

 

	 	7.	The contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order under this contract unless exempted by rules,
regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with
respect to any subcontract or purchase order as may be directed by the Secretary of Labor as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance, provided, however, that in the event the contractor becomes
involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States.

 Clause 9-9: Equal Opportunity Preaward Compliance of Subcontracts (March 2006) (Tailored) 

The aviation supplier may not enter into a first-tier subcontract for an estimated or actual amount of $1 million or more without obtaining in writing
from the Contracting Officer a clearance that the proposed subcontractor is in compliance with equal opportunity requirements and therefore eligible for award. 
 Clause 9-10: Service Contract Act (March 2006) 
  

	 	a.	This contract is subject to the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended (41 U.S.C. 351 et seq.), and to the following provisions and all other applicable provisions of
the Act and regulations of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Act (29 CFR Part 4). 

  

	 	b.	     

  

	 	1)	Each service employee employed in the performance of this contract by the aviation supplier or any subcontractor must be: a) paid not less than the minimum monetary
wages and b) furnished fringe benefits in accordance with the wages and fringe benefits determined by the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative, as specified in any wage determination attached to this contract. 

  
 Page 55 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	2)	     

  

	 	a)	If a wage determination is attached to this contract, the Contracting Officer must require that any class of service employees not listed in it and to be employed under
the contract (that is, the work to be performed is not performed by any classification listed in the wage determination) be classified by the aviation supplier so as to provide a reasonable relationship (that is, appropriate level of skill
comparison) between the unlisted classifications and the classifications in the wage determination. The conformed class of employees must be paid the monetary wages and furnished the fringe benefits determined under this clause. (The information
collection requirements contained in this paragraph b have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.) 

  

	 	b)	The conforming procedure must be initiated by the aviation supplier before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees. A written report of the
proposed conforming action, including information regarding the agreement or disagreement of the authorized representative of the employees involved or, if there is no authorized representative, the employees themselves, must be submitted by the
aviation supplier to the Contracting Officer no later than 30 days after the unlisted class of employees performs any contract work. The Contracting Officer must review the proposed action and promptly submit a report of it, together with the
agency’s recommendation and all pertinent information, including the position of the aviation supplier and the employees, to the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, for review. Within 30 days
of receipt, the Wage and Hour Division will approve, modify, or disapprove the action, render a final determination in the event of disagreement, or notify the Contracting Officer that additional time is necessary. 

 

	 	c)	The final determination of the conformance action by the Wage and Hour Division will be transmitted to the Contracting Officer, who must promptly notify the aviation
supplier of the action taken. The aviation supplier must give each affected employee a written copy of this determination, or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination. 

 

	 	d)	     

  

	 	i.	The process of establishing wage and fringe benefit rates bearing a reasonable relationship to those listed in a wage determination cannot be reduced to any single
formula. The approach used may vary from determination to determination, depending on the circumstances. Standard wage and salary administration practices ranking various job classifications by pay grade pursuant to point schemes or other job
factors may, for example, be relied upon. Guidance may also be obtained from the way various jobs are rated under federal pay systems (Federal Wage Board Pay System and the General Schedule) or from other wage determinations issued in the same
locality. Basic to the establishment of conformable wage rates is the concept that a pay relationship should be maintained between job classifications on the basis of the skill required and the duties performed. 

  
 Page 56 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	ii.	If a contract is modified or extended or an option is exercised, or if a contract succeeds a contract under which the classification in question was previously
conformed pursuant to this clause, a new conformed wage rate and fringe benefits may be assigned to the conformed classification by indexing (that is, adjusting) the previous conformed rate and fringe benefits by an amount equal to the average
(mean) percentage increase change in the wages and fringe benefits specified for all classifications to be used on the contract that are listed in the current wage determination, and those specified for the corresponding classifications in the
previously applicable wage determination. If these conforming actions are accomplished before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees, the aviation supplier must advise the Contracting Officer of the action taken, but the
other procedures in b.2(c) above need not be followed. 

  

	 	iii.	No employee engaged in performing work on this contract may be paid less than the currently applicable minimum wage specified under section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor
Standards Act of 1938, as amended. 

  

	 	e)	The wage rate and fringe benefits finally determined pursuant to b.2(a) and (b) above must be paid to all employees performing in the classification from the first
day on which contract work is performed by them in the classification. Failure to pay unlisted employees the compensation agreed upon by the interested parties and/or finally determined by the Wage and Hour Division retroactive to the date the class
of employees began contract work is a violation of the Service Contract Act and this contract. 

  

	 	f)	Upon discovery of failure to comply with b.2(a) through (e) above, the Wage and Hour Division will make a final determination of conformed classification, wage
rate, and / or fringe benefits that will be retroactive to the date the class of employees commenced contract work. 

  

	 	3)	If, as authorized pursuant to section 4(d) of the Service Contract Act, the term of this contract is more than one year, the minimum monetary wages and fringe benefits
required to be paid or furnished to service employees will be subject to adjustment after one year and not less often than once every two years, pursuant to wage determinations to be issued by the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards
Administration of the Department of Labor. 

  

	 	c.	The aviation supplier or subcontractor may discharge the obligation to furnish fringe benefits specified in the attachment or determined conformably to it by furnishing
any equivalent combinations of bona fide fringe benefits, or by making equivalent or differential payments in cash in accordance with the applicable rules set forth in Subpart D of 29 CFR Part 4, and not otherwise. 

 

	 	d.	     

  

	 	1)	In the absence of a minimum-wage attachment for this contract, neither the aviation supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any person performing
work under the contract (regardless of whether they are service employees) less than the minimum wage specified by section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938. Nothing in this provision relieves the aviation supplier or any subcontractor
of any other obligation under law or contract for the payment of a higher wage to any employee. 

  
 Page 57 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	2)	     

  

	 	a)	If this contract succeeds a contract subject to the Service Contract Act, under which substantially the same services were furnished in the same locality, and service
employees were paid wages and fringe benefits provided for in a collective bargaining agreement, in the absence of a minimum wage attachment for this contract setting forth collectively bargained wage rates and fringe benefits, neither the aviation
supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any service employee performing any of the contract work (regardless of whether or not the employee was employed under the predecessor contract), less than the wages and fringe benefits
provided for in the agreement, to which the employee would have been entitled if employed under the predecessor contract, including accrued wages and fringe benefits and any prospective increases in wages and fringe benefits provided for under the
agreement. 

  

	 	b)	No aviation supplier or subcontractor under this contract may be relieved of the foregoing obligation unless the limitations of section 4.1(b) of 29 CFR Part 4 apply or
unless the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative finds, after a hearing as provided in section 4.10 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the wages and/or fringe benefits provided for in the agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for
services of a similar character in the locality, or determines, as provided in section 4.11 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length
negotiations. 

  

	 	c)	If it is found in accordance with the review procedures in 29 CFR 4.10 and/or 4.11 and Parts 6 and 8 that wages and/or fringe benefits in a predecessor aviation
supplier’s collective bargaining agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, and/or that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered
into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations, the Department will issue a new or revised wage determination setting forth the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits. This determination will be made part of the contract or subcontract, in
accordance with the decision of the Administrator, the Administrative Law Judge, or the Board of Service Contract Appeals, as the case may be, irrespective of whether its issuance occurs before or after award (53 Comp. Gen. 401 (1973)). In the case
of a wage determination issued solely as a result of a finding of substantial variance, it will be effective as of the date of the final administrative decision. 

 

	 	e.	The aviation supplier and any subcontractor under this contract must notify each service employee starting work on the contract of the minimum monetary wage and any
fringe benefits required to be paid pursuant to the contract, or must post the wage determination attached to this contract. The poster provided by the Department of Labor (Publication WH 1313) must be posted in a prominent and accessible place at
the worksite. Failure to comply with this requirement is a violation of section 2(a)(4) of the Act and of this contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.) 

 

	 	f.	The aviation supplier or subcontractor may not permit services called for by this contract to be performed in buildings or surroundings or under working conditions
provided by or under the control or supervision of the aviation supplier or subcontractor that are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health or safety of service employees engaged to furnish these services, and the aviation supplier or
subcontractor must comply with the safety and health standards applied under 29 CFR Part 1925. 

  
 Page 58 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	g.	     

  

	 	1)	The aviation supplier and each subcontractor performing work subject to the Act must maintain for 3 years from the completion of the work records containing the
information specified in (a) through (f) following for each employee subject to the Service Contract Act and must make them available for inspection and transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment
Standards Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control numbers 1215-0017 and 1215-0150): 

 

	 	a)	Name, address, and social security number of each employee. 

  

	 	b)	The correct work classification, rate or rates of monetary wages paid and fringe benefits provided, rate or rates of fringe benefit payments in lieu thereof, and total
daily and weekly compensation of each employee. 

  

	 	c)	The number of daily and weekly hours so worked by each employee. 

  

	 	d)	Any deductions, rebates, or refunds from the total daily or weekly compensation of each employee. 

 

	 	e)	A list of monetary wages and fringe benefits for those classes of service employees not included in the wage determination attached to this contract but for whom wage
rates or fringe benefits have been determined by the interested parties or by the Administrator or authorized representative pursuant to paragraph b above. A copy of the report required by b.2(b) above is such a list. 

 

	 	f)	Any list of the predecessor aviation supplier’s employees furnished to the aviation supplier pursuant to section 4.6(1)(2) of 29 CFR Part 4.

  

	 	2)	The aviation supplier must also make available a copy of this contract for inspection or transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division.

  

	 	3)	Failure to make and maintain or to make available the records specified in this paragraph g for inspection and transcription is a violation of the regulations and this
contract, and in the case of failure to produce these records, the Contracting Officer, upon direction of the Department of Labor and notification of the aviation supplier, must take action to suspend any further payment or advance of funds until
the violation ceases. 

  

	 	4)	The aviation supplier must permit authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division to conduct interviews with employees at the worksite during normal working
hours. 

  

	 	h.	The aviation supplier must unconditionally pay to each employee subject to the Service Contract Act all wages due free and clear and without subsequent deduction
(except as otherwise provided by law or regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), rebate, or kickback on any account. Payments must be made no later than one pay period following the end of the regular pay period in which the wages were earned or accrued. A pay
period under the Act may not be of any duration longer than semimonthly. 

  

	 	i.	 The Contracting Officer must withhold or cause to be withheld from the Postal Service aviation supplier under this or any other contract with the
aviation supplier such sums as an appropriate official of the Department of Labor requests or the Contracting Officer decides may be necessary to pay underpaid employees employed by the aviation supplier or subcontractor. In the event of failure to
pay employees subject to the Act wages or fringe benefits due under the Act, the Postal Service may, after authorization or by direction of the Department of Labor and written notification to the aviation supplier, suspend any further

  
 Page 59 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	
payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. Additionally, any failure to comply with the requirements of this clause may be grounds for termination of the right to proceed with the
contract work. In this event, the Postal Service may enter into other contracts or arrangements for completion of the work, charging the aviation supplier in default with any additional cost. 

 

	 	j.	The aviation supplier agrees to insert this clause in all subcontracts subject to the Act. The term “aviation supplier,” as used in this clause in any
subcontract, is deemed to refer to the subcontractor, except in the term “aviation supplier.” 

  

	 	k.	Service employee means any person engaged in the performance of this contract other than any person employed in a bona fide executive, administrative, or professional
capacity, as those terms are defined in Part 541 of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, as of July 30, 1976, and any subsequent revision of those regulations. The term includes all such persons regardless of any contractual
relationship that may be alleged to exist between an aviation supplier or subcontractor and them. 

  

	 	l.	     

  

	 	1)	If wages to be paid or fringe benefits to be furnished service employees employed by the aviation supplier or a subcontractor under the contract are provided for in a
collective bargaining agreement that is or will be effective during any period in which the contract is being performed, the aviation supplier must report this fact to the Contracting Officer, together with full information as to the application and
accrual of these wages and fringe benefits, including any prospective increases, to service employees engaged in work on the contract, and furnish a copy of the agreement. The report must be made upon starting performance of the contract, in the
case of collective bargaining agreements effective at the time. In the case of agreements or provisions or amendments thereof effective at a later time during the period of contract performance, they must be reported promptly after their
negotiation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.) 

  

	 	2)	Not less than 10 days before completion of any contract being performed at a Postal facility where service employees may be retained in the performance of a succeeding
contract and subject to a wage determination containing vacation or other benefit provisions based upon length of service with a aviation supplier (predecessor) or successor (section 4.173 of Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), the incumbent aviation
supplier must furnish to the Contracting Officer a certified list of the names of all service employees on the aviation supplier’s or subcontractor’s payroll during the last month of contract performance. The list must also contain
anniversary dates of employment on the contract, either with the current or predecessor aviation suppliers of each such service employee. The Contracting Officer must turn over this list to the successor aviation supplier at the commencement of the
succeeding contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.) 

  

	 	m.	Rulings and interpretations of the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended, are contained in Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4. 

 

	 	n.	     

  

	 	1)	By entering into this contract, the aviation supplier and its officials certify that neither they nor any person or firm with a substantial interest in the aviation
supplier’s firm are ineligible to be awarded government contracts by virtue of the sanctions imposed pursuant to section 5 of the Act. 

  

	 	2)	No part of this contract may be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a government contract pursuant to section 5 of the Act.

  
 Page 60 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	3)	The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. 

 

	 	o.	Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this clause, the following employees may be employed in accordance with the following variations, tolerances, and
exemptions, which the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to section 4(b) of the Act before its amendment by Public Law 92-473, found to be necessary and proper in the public interest or to avoid serious impairment of the conduct of government business:

  

	 	1)	Apprentices, student-learners, and workers whose earning capacity is impaired by age, or physical or mental deficiency or injury may be employed at wages lower than the
minimum wages otherwise required by section 2(a)(1) or 2(b)(1) of the Service Contract Act without diminishing any fringe benefits or cash payments in lieu thereof required under section 2(a)(2) of the Act, in accordance with the conditions and
procedures prescribed for the employment of apprentices, student-learners, handicapped persons, and handicapped clients of sheltered workshops under section 14 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, in the regulations issued by the Administrator
(29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525). 

  

	 	2)	The Administrator will issue certificates under the Service Contract Act for the employment of apprentices, student-learners, handicapped persons, or handicapped
clients of sheltered workshops not subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, or subject to different minimum rates of pay under the two Acts, authorizing appropriate rates of minimum wages (but without changing requirements concerning fringe
benefits or supplementary cash payments in lieu thereof), applying procedures prescribed by the applicable regulations issued under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525). 

 

	 	3)	The Administrator will also withdraw, annul, or cancel such certificates in accordance with the regulations in Parts 525 and 528 of Title 29 of the Code of Federal
Regulations. 

  

	 	p.	Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide
apprenticeship program registered with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a state, under a program registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Employment
and Training Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. Any employee not registered as an apprentice in an approved program must be paid the wage rate and fringe benefits contained in the applicable wage determination for the journeyman
classification of work actually performed. The wage rates paid apprentices may not be less than the wage rate for their level of progress set forth in the registered program, expressed as the appropriate percentage of the journeyman’s rate
contained in the applicable wage determination. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen employed on the contract work in any craft classification may not be greater than the ratio permitted to the aviation supplier for its entire workforce
under the registered program. 

  

	 	q.	An employee engaged in an occupation in which he or she customarily and regularly receives more than $30 a month tips may have the amount of tips credited by the
employer against the minimum wage required by section 2(a)(1) or section 2(b)(1) of the Act in accordance with section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act and Regulations, 29 CFR Part 531. However, the amount of this credit may not exceed $1.24 per
hour beginning January 1, 1980, and $1.34 per hour after December 31, 1980. To utilize this proviso: 

  

	 	1)	The employer must inform tipped employees about this tip credit allowance before the credit is utilized; 

  
 Page 61 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	2)	The employees must be allowed to retain all tips (individually or through a pooling arrangement and regardless of whether the employer elects to take a credit for tips
received); 

  

	 	3)	The employer must be able to show by records that the employee receives at least the applicable Service Contract Act minimum wage through the combination of direct
wages and tip credit (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1214-0017); and 

  

	 	4)	The use of tip credit must have been permitted under any predecessor collective bargaining agreement applicable by virtue of section 4(c) of the Act.

  

	 	r.	Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract are not subject to the Claims and Disputes clause but must be resolved in accordance with
the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 4, 6, and 8. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the aviation supplier (or any of its subcontractors) and the Postal Service, the U.S. Department of
Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 

 Clause 9-12: Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act - Price
Adjustment (February 2010) 
  

	 	a.	The aviation supplier warrants that the contract prices do not include allowance for any contingency to cover increased costs for which adjustment is provided under
this clause. 

  

	 	b.	The minimum prevailing wage determination, including fringe benefits, issued under the Service Contract Act of 1965 by the Department of Labor (DOL), current at least
every two years after the original award date, current at the beginning of any option or renewal period, or in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, applies to this contract and any exercise of an option or renewal of this
contract. When no such determination has been made as applied to this contract, the minimum wage established in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act applies to any exercise of an option or renewal of this contract. 

 

	 	c.	When, as a result of the determination of minimum prevailing wages and fringe benefits applicable (1) every two years after original award date, (2) at the
beginning of any option or renewal period, or (3) in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, an increased or decreased wage determination is applied to this contract, or when as a result of any amendment to the Fair Labor
Standards Act enacted after award that affects minimum wage, and whenever such a determination becomes applicable to this contract under law, the aviation supplier increases or decreases wages or fringe benefits of employees working on the contract
to comply, the aviation supplier and the Contracting Officer will negotiate whether and to what extent either party will absorb the costs of the wage change. Any resulting change in contract price is limited to increases or decreases in wages or
fringe benefits, and the concomitant increases or decreases in Social Security, unemployment taxes, and workers’ compensation insurance, but may not otherwise include any amount for general and administrative costs, overhead, or profit.

  

	 	d.	The aviation supplier or Contracting Officer may request a contract price adjustment within 30 days of the effective date of a wage change. If a request for contract
price adjustment has been made, and the parties have not reached an agreement within thirty days of that request, the Contracting Officer should issue a unilateral change order in the amount considered to be a fair and equitable adjustment. The
aviation supplier may then either accept the amount, or the aviation supplier may file a claim under Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes unless the Contracting Officer and aviation supplier extend this period in writing. Upon agreement of the
parties, the contract price or unit price labor rates will be modified in writing. Pending agreement on or determination of any such adjustment and its effective date, the aviation supplier must continue performance. 

  
 Page 62 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	e.	The Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer’s authorized representative must, for 3 years after final payment under the contract, be given access to and the
right to examine any directly pertinent books, papers, and records of the aviation supplier. 

 Clause 9-13: Affirmative
Action for Workers with Disabilities (March 2006) (Tailored) 
  

	 	a.	The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of physical or mental disability in regard to any position for which the
employee or applicant for employment is qualified. The contractor agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment, and otherwise treat qualified individuals with disabilities without discrimination based on their physical or
mental disability in all employment practices, including the following: 

  

	 	1.	Recruitment, advertising, and job application procedures; 

  

	 	2.	Hiring, upgrading, promotion, award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, right of return from layoff and rehiring 

 

	 	3.	Rates of pay or any other form of compensation and changes in compensation 

 

	 	4.	Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists 

 

	 	5.	Leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave 

  

	 	6.	Fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the contractor 

 

	 	7.	Selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeship, professional meetings, conferences, and other related activities, and selection for leaves of
absence to pursue training 

  

	 	8.	Activities sponsored by the contractor including social or recreational programs; and 

 

	 	9.	Any other term, condition, or privilege of employment. 

  

	 	b.	The contractor agrees to comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
amended. 

  

	 	c.	In the event of the contractor’s noncompliance with the requirements, actions for noncompliance may be taken in accordance with the rules, regulations, and
relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to the act. 

  

	 	d.	The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices in a form to be prescribed by the Deputy Assistant
Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance Programs, provided by or through the Contracting Officer. Such notices shall state the rights of applicants and employees as well as the contractor’s obligation under the law to take affirmative action
to employ and advance in employment qualified employees and applicants with disabilities. The contractor must ensure that applicants and employees with disabilities are informed of the contents of the notice (e.g., the contractor may have the notice
read to a visually disabled individual, or may lower the posted notice so that it might be read by a person in a wheelchair). 

  

	 	e.	The contractor will notify each labor organization or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other understanding that the
contractor is bound by the terms of section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and is committed to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment individuals with physical or mental disabilities.

  
 Page 63 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	f.	The contractor must include the provisions of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order in excess of $10,000, unless exempted by the rules, regulations, or
orders of the Secretary issued pursuant to section 503 of the Act, as amended, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance Programs may direct to enforce such provisions, including action for noncompliance. 

 Clause 9-14: Equal Opportunity for Disabled Veterans, Recently Separated Veterans, Other Protected Veterans, and Armed Forces Service Medal Veterans (February 2010) (Tailored) 

 

	 	a.	The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because he or she is a disabled veteran, recently separated veteran, other
protected veteran, or Armed Forces service medal veteran in regard to any position for which the employee or applicant for employment is qualified. The contractor agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment and otherwise treat
qualified individuals without discrimination based on their status as a disabled veteran, recently separated veteran, other protected veteran, or Armed Forces service medal veteran in all employment practices, including the following:

  

	 	1.	Recruitment, advertising, and job application procedures; 

  

	 	2.	Hiring, upgrading, promotion, award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, right of return from layoff and rehiring; 

 

	 	3.	Rates of pay or any other form of compensation and changes in compensation; 

 

	 	4.	Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists; 

 

	 	5.	Leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave; 

  

	 	6.	Fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the contractor; 

 

	 	7.	Selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeship, and on-the-job training under 38 U.S.C. 3687, professional meetings, conferences, and other
related activities, and selection for leaves of absence to pursue training; 

  

	 	8.	Activities sponsored by the contractor including social or recreational programs; and 

 

	 	9.	Any other term, condition, or privilege of employment. 

  

	 	b.	The contractor agrees to immediately list all employment openings which exist at the time of the execution of this contract and those which occur during the performance
of this contract, including those not generated by this contract and including those occurring at an establishment of the contractor other than the one where the contract is being performed, but excluding those of independently operated corporate
affiliates, with the appropriate employment service delivery system where the opening occurs. Listing employment openings with the state workforce agency job bank or with the local employment service delivery system where the opening occurs will
satisfy the requirement to list jobs with the appropriate employment service delivery system. 

  
 Page 64 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	c.	Listing of employment openings with the appropriate employment service delivery system pursuant to this clause shall be made at least concurrently with the use of any
other recruitment source or effort and shall involve the normal obligations which attach to the placing of a bona fide job order, including the acceptance of referrals of veterans and nonveterans. The listing of employment openings does not
require the hiring of any particular job applicants or from any particular group of job applicants, and nothing herein is intended to relieve the contractor from any requirements in Executive orders or regulations regarding nondiscrimination in
employment. 

  

	 	d.	Whenever a contractor, other than a state or local governmental contractor, becomes contractually bound to the listing provisions in paragraphs 2 and 3 of this clause,
it shall advise the state workforce agency in each state where it has establishments of the name and location of each hiring location in the state. As long as the contractor is contractually bound to these provisions and has so advised the state
agency, there is no need to advise the state agency of subsequent contracts. The contractor may advise the state agency when it is no longer bound by this contract clause. 

 

	 	e.	The provisions of paragraphs 2 and 3 of this clause do not apply to the listing of employment openings which occur and are filled outside of the 50 states, the District
of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and the Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands. 

 

	 	f.	As used in this clause: 

  

	 	1.	All employment openings includes all positions except executive and senior management, those positions that will be filled from within the contractor’s
organization, and positions lasting three days or less. This term includes full-time employment, temporary employment of more than three days’ duration, and part-time employment. 

 

	 	2.	Executive and senior management means: (1) Any employee (a) compensated on a salary basis at a rate of not less than $455 per week (or $380 per week,
if employed in American Samoa by employers other than the Federal Government), exclusive of board, lodging or other facilities; (b) whose primary duty is management of the enterprise in which the employee is employed or of a customarily
recognized department or subdivision thereof; (c) who customarily and regularly directs the work of two or more other employees; and (d) who has the authority to hire or fire other employees or whose suggestions and recommendations as to
the hiring, firing, advancement, promotion or any other change of status of other employees are given particular weight; or (2) any employee who owns at least a bona fide 20-percent equity interest in the enterprise in which the employee is
employed, regardless of whether the business is a corporate or other type of organization, and who is actively engaged in its management. 

  

	 	3.	Positions that will be filled from within the contractor’s organization means employment openings for which no consideration will be given to persons
outside the contractor’s organization (including any affiliates, subsidiaries, and parent companies) and includes any openings which the contractor proposes to fill from regularly established “recall” lists. The exception does not
apply to a particular opening once an employer decides to consider applicants outside of his or her own organization. 

  

	 	g.	The contractor agrees to comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to the Act. 

  
 Page 65 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	h.	In the event of the contractor’s noncompliance with the requirements of this clause, actions for noncompliance may be taken in accordance with the rules,
regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to the Act. 

  

	 	i.	The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices in a form to be prescribed by the Deputy Assistant
Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance, provided by or through the Contracting Officer. Such notices shall state the rights of applicants and employees as well as the contractor’s obligation under the law to take affirmative action to employ
and advance in employment qualified employees and applicants who are disabled veterans, recently separated veterans, other protected veterans, or Armed Forces service medal veterans. The contractor must ensure that applicants or employees who are
disabled veterans are informed of the contents of the notice (e.g., the contractor may have the notice read to a visually disabled individual, or may lower the posted notice so that it might be read by a person in a wheelchair).

  

	 	j.	The contractor will notify each labor organization or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract understanding,
that the contractor is bound by the terms of the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended, and is committed to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified disabled veterans, recently
separated veterans, other protected veterans, and Armed Forces service medal veterans. 

  

	 	k.	The contractor will include the provisions of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order of $100,000 or more, unless exempted by the rules, regulations, or
orders of the Secretary issued pursuant to the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect
to any subcontract or purchase order as the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance may direct to enforce such provisions, including action for noncompliance. 

 Contract Term 
 The contract base period of performance will be October 1, 2013,
through September 30, 2020, with two, five year renewal periods to be exercised by mutual agreement of the parties. The Night Network will begin operation on September 30, 2013; the Day Network will begin operation on October 1, 2013.

 Renewal Process 
 [ *
] 
 Amendments or Modifications 
 In order to be binding upon the Postal Service or the aviation supplier, any amendment or modification of this Contract must be in writing signed by the Contracting Officer on behalf of the Postal Service
and an officer of the aviation supplier authorized to bind the company. 
 Assignment 

Neither Party shall, directly or indirectly (whether by succession, merger, or otherwise) assign, delegate, novate, or otherwise transfer this Contract or
any of its rights or obligations hereunder, without the prior written approval of the other. However, the aviation supplier may assign this contract to any of its internal business affiliates upon written notice to the Postal Service. 

 

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 66 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

 Bankruptcy 
 In the event the aviation supplier enters into proceedings relating to bankruptcy, whether voluntary or involuntary, the aviation supplier will furnish, by certified mail, written notification of the
bankruptcy to the Contracting Officer responsible for administering the contract. The notification must be furnished within five days of the initiation of the bankruptcy proceedings. The notification must include the date on which the bankruptcy
petition was filed, the court in which the petition was filed, and a list of Postal Service contracts and Contracting Officers for all Postal Service contracts for which final payment has not yet been made. This obligation remains in effect until
final payment under this contract. 
 Confidentiality 

 

	 	a.	During the term of this contract and until the earlier of five (5) years after such termination or until such time as the information is no longer confidential as
described below, each party shall treat as confidential and appropriately safeguard and shall not use for the benefit of any person or corporation other than the other party: 

 

	 	1.	Written information identified in writing as confidential or oral information promptly confirmed in writing as being confidential; 

 

	 	2.	Written information or oral information disclosed by the parties during the negotiation of this contract and written information or oral information promptly confirmed
in writing as confidential pertaining to a party’s pricing, business or assets which is received at any time from a party that is identified in writing; or 

 

	 	3.	Any information or knowledge concerning the methods of operation, promotion, sale, or distribution used by a party which may be communicated to the other party or which
a party may otherwise acquire by virtue of its performance of this Agreement. 

  

	 	b.	Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs 1 through 3, above, neither party shall be required to obtain prior written approval before providing information
regarding this contract: 

  

	 	1.	To Members of Congress serving on a committee or subcommittee with oversight responsibility of the Postal Service; 

 

	 	2.	In response to legal process or otherwise required by law; 

  

	 	3.	In response to a request from the Department of Justice Antitrust Division attorneys or economists in pursuit of a non-public investigation; or

  

	 	4.	In response to requests submitted to the Postal Service under the Freedom of Information Act. In this regard, the Postal Service shall follow the procedures promulgated
at 39 CFR Section 265.8. 

  

	 	c.	Information shall not be considered confidential if it is: 

  

	 	1.	Generally known to the trade or public; 

  

	 	2.	Rightfully possessed by a party prior to the effective date of this contract; 

 

	 	3.	Received by a party from a third party which rightfully possesses it; 

  

	 	4.	Independently developed by the other party; or 

  

	 	5.	Releasable pursuant to Postal Service regulations addressing how information is maintained by the Postal Service. 

Entire Agreement 
 This Contract,
together with all Attachments, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties in connection with the subject matter described, and supersedes and cancels all previous negotiations, commitments, and writings related to the
subject matter. 

  
 Page 67 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

 Force Majeure 
 Both the Postal Service and the aviation supplier shall be excused from their obligations for volume guarantees or service performance, respectively, under this Contract, and neither Party shall be liable
to the other or any other person or entity for loss, damage, delay, mis-delivery or non-delivery of shipments transported pursuant to this Contract, resulting in whole or in part from any of the following: 

 

	 	a.	When there occurs a State or Federal government-declared State of Emergency and / or instructions by a government agency that has actual or apparent powers or authority
(including, but not limited to, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or the Transportation Security Administration (TSA)) to order airport closures or limitations on airport activity; 

 

	 	b.	When the failure to meet contractual obligations results in whole or in part from public enemies, terrorist acts, criminal acts of any person or entity, public
authorities acting with actual or apparent authority (including U.S. Postal Inspectors), civil commotion, hazards incident to a state of war, national disruptions in transportation networks or operations (of any mode) of the aviation supplier,
Postal Service, or any other entity, strikes, natural disasters, or disruption or failure of third-party communication and information systems; or 

  

	 	c.	When there exist any conditions that present a danger to each Party’s personnel. 

 

	 	d.	In every case the failure to perform must be beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the party claiming that its performance is excused. Each Party is
required to continue and attempt to recommence performance to the greatest extent possible without delay. 

 It is the
responsibility of the Party asserting the Force Majeure event to formally declare that a Force Majeure event has taken place within twenty-four (24) hours of the event. The party declaring the Force Majeure event must document the circumstances
of the event in writing to the Contracting Officer, who will review the information with the Manager, Air Transportation Operations, and relevant aviation supplier officials. In the absence of a formal request for relief under this clause, all
appropriate volume guarantees and performance standards will remain in force. Except for the calculation of the service levels, nothing in this section shall relieve or excuse the aviation supplier of its service obligations. Subsequent to a Force
Majeure event being declared, the declaring party must provide reasonable, written documentation with sufficient detail to support the declaration. 
 If, as a result of the occurrence of one of the foregoing events, the aviation supplier is excused from performance, and the Postal Service is excused from meeting its minimum volume commitment for the
identified period, the Parties will meet to agree upon the pro-rata adjustments to be made. 
 On days where mail volume is withdrawn, withheld,
or not transported under this provision, the minimum volume commitment for the identified period will be reduced for that period by the amount of that volume. 
 Frequency Adjustment 
 If, during the term of this contract, the Postal Service
decides to reduce, in whole or in part, the number of delivery days, for any mail type it provides, to fewer than six (6) per week, the Postal Service reserves the right to effectuate a change in delivery days by adjusting the Statement of Work
of this contract, including, but not limited to, the annual number of operating days or the frequency of service hereunder. The parties agree that such an adjustment does not constitute a partial termination of the contract, nor will it give rise to
an equitable adjustment. 
 If the number of delivery days is reduced, in whole or in part, to five (5) and the Postal Service decides to
reduce the number of operating days under this contract, in whole or in part, to five (5), the parties agree to reduce the Contract Volume Minimum calculation. The Contract Volume Minimum calculation

  
 Page 68 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

 
will be reduced by the average daily volume for the previous twelve (12) months excluding the weeks of Peak associated with the removed day of service without adjustment to the tier
structure, the contract rate, or be subject to any other price-related adjustment. The monies associated with the volume removed from the calculation will be eliminated. 
 If the number of delivery days is reduced to fewer than five (5), and the Postal Service decides to reduce the number of operating days under this contract, in whole or in part, to fewer than five (5),
the parties will negotiate an equitable adjustment if necessary. 
 No later than 120 days prior to the effective date of such reduction in
delivery days, the parties shall commence discussions as to how to implement the change. Within 90 days of such notice, the supplier must implement the changes outlined above. 
 Notices 
 Any notice, report, demand, acknowledgement or other communication which
under the terms of this Contract or otherwise must be given or made by either Party, unless specifically otherwise provided in this Contract, shall be in the English language and in writing, and shall be given or made by express delivery service
with proof of delivery, certified air mail (return receipt requested). The parties may also send a copy of the same communication through electronic mail, facsimile with acknowledgement of receipt/proof of receipt, or personal delivery. If a party
sends a copy of the official correspondence by electronic mail or facsimile, the correspondence shall not be deemed received until the receiving party confirms receipt. 
 Such notice, report, demand, acknowledgement or other communication shall be deemed to have been given or made in the case of express delivery service with tracking and tracing capability on the date of
signature of the proof of delivery, and in the case of certified mail on the fifth business day in the place of receipt after the date sent. 

The notice address for the Postal Service shall be: 
 U.S. Postal Service 
 Air Transportation CMC 

Attention: Manager 
 475 L’Enfant Plaza SW, Room 1P 650 
 Washington, DC 20260-0650 

The notice address for the aviation supplier shall be: 
 Federal Express Corporation 
 Attention: Vice President, Postal Transportation
Management 
 3610 Hacks Cross Road 
 Building A 1st Floor 
 Memphis, TN 38125-8800 

Severability 
  

	 	a.	If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Contract is held by a court or Board of competent jurisdiction or by a request, direction or indication of an
agency or department of a Governmental Body having subject matter jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions shall continue in full force and effect unless the rights and obligations of the parties have been
materially altered or abridged by such invalidation or unenforceability. 

  

	 	b.	If a material provision of this Contract is materially altered or abridged as the result of a final and binding order of a Governmental Body having subject matter
jurisdiction, then the Postal Service and the aviation supplier will meet to negotiate in good faith to reach a mutually satisfactory modification to this Contract. If the Parties are unable to reach a mutually satisfactory resolution, then either
Party may declare the negotiations to be at an impasse and the parties shall resolve the dispute in accordance with the provisions of this contract. 

  
 Page 69 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 3: Contract Clauses 
  

	 	c.	Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree to make their best efforts to oppose any changes requested by a Governmental Body to any material provision of this
Contract. 

 Third Party Governmental Delays 
 If, during the term of this contract, a governmental entity with subject matter jurisdiction enacts laws, promulgates regulations, or issues orders mandating that the aviation supplier screen mail
dispatched for transportation by aircraft within the United States for bombs, explosives, or other hazardous materials, and aviation supplier does not have a method for otherwise complying at no additional cost to the Postal Service, either party
may, at no cost to the other party, suspend performance under the contract during the period in which such screening is actually required to be accomplished. 
 Within fourteen (14) days of the enactment of any law, promulgation of any regulation, or issuance of any order referenced above, the parties shall commence negotiations in an attempt to modify this
contract to address any adverse impacts and / or other concerns asserted by one or both parties that may arise as a result of additional screening requirements. 
 If the parties cannot agree upon such a modification within 180 days, or within such longer period as the parties may mutually agree, the contract and all orders hereunder may be terminated at no cost to
either party. 
 Waiver of Breach 
 No waiver of breach of any of the provisions of this Contract shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision. 

  
 Page 70 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Part 4: List of Attachments 
 Part 4 - List of Attachments and Forms 

 

					
	 Attachments:
	  	
		 	 Attachment 1
	  	Postal Service Operating Periods, dated October 4, 2012
		 	 Attachment 2
	  	Air Stops & Projected Volumes, dated January 8, 2013
		 	 Attachment 3
	  	Operating Plan, Day Network, dated June 24, 2013
		 	 Attachment 4
	  	Operating Plan, Night Network, dated June 24, 2013
		 	 Attachment 5
	  	Reserved
		 	 Attachment 6
	  	Postal Furnished Property, April 16, 2013
		 	 Attachment 7
	  	Electronic Data Interchange Service Requirements, dated September 1, 2012
		 	 Attachment 8
	  	Investigative / Security Protocol and Guidelines, dated July 2012
		 	 Attachment 9
	  	Wage Determination, dated October 31, 2012
		 	 Attachment 10
	  	Pricing, dated June 24, 2013
		 	 Attachment 11
	  	Perishable Mail and Lives, April 22, 2013
		 	 Attachment 12
	  	Reserved
		 	 Attachment 13
	  	Service Contract Act Wage Determinations, dated April 17, 2013
	 Forms:
	  	
		 	DOT Form F 5800.1	  	Hazardous Materials Incident Report
		 	 I-9 Form
	  	Employment Eligibility Verification
		 	 PS Form 2025
	  	Contract Personnel Questionnaire
		 	 PS Form 8203
	  	Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award
		 	US Treasury Form 941	  	Quarterly Federal Tax Return

  
 Page 71 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 1: Postal Service Operating Periods 
 Attachment 1

 Postal Service Operating Periods 
 October 4, 2012 
 Operating Period: Monday – Sunday 

*All Operating Periods begin with the Monday Night Network 

 

											
	 Operating

Period
	  	 Begin
	  	 End
	  	 Number
 of
 Weeks
	  	 Month
	  	 Peak

Periods

	1	  	09/30/13	  	11/03/13	  	5	  	OCT	  	
	2	  	11/04/13	  	12/01/13	  	4	  	NOV	  	
	3	  	12/02/13	  	01/05/14	  	5	  	DEC	  	2013 PEAK
	4	  	01/06/14	  	02/02/14	  	4	  	JAN	  	
	5	  	02/03/14	  	03/02/14	  	4	  	FEB	  	
	6	  	03/03/14	  	03/30/14	  	4	  	MAR	  	
	7	  	03/31/14	  	04/27/14	  	4	  	APR	  	
	8	  	04/28/14	  	06/01/14	  	5	  	MAY	  	
	9	  	06/02/14	  	06/29/14	  	4	  	JUN	  	
	10	  	06/30/14	  	07/27/14	  	4	  	JUL	  	
	11	  	07/28/14	  	08/31/14	  	5	  	AUG	  	
	12	  	09/01/14	  	09/28/14	  	4	  	SEP	  	
	13	  	09/29/14	  	10/26/14	  	4	  	OCT	  	
	14	  	10/27/14	  	11/30/14	  	5	  	NOV	  	
	15	  	12/01/14	  	01/04/15	  	5	  	DEC	  	2014 PEAK
	16	  	01/05/15	  	02/01/15	  	4	  	JAN	  	
	17	  	02/02/15	  	03/01/15	  	4	  	FEB	  	
	18	  	03/02/15	  	03/29/15	  	4	  	MAR	  	
	19	  	03/30/15	  	04/26/15	  	4	  	APR	  	
	20	  	04/27/15	  	05/31/15	  	5	  	MAY	  	
	21	  	06/01/15	  	06/28/15	  	4	  	JUN	  	
	22	  	06/29/15	  	08/02/15	  	5	  	JUL	  	
	23	  	08/03/15	  	08/30/15	  	4	  	AUG	  	
	24	  	08/31/15	  	09/27/15	  	4	  	SEP	  	
	25	  	09/28/15	  	11/02/15	  	5	  	OCT	  	
	26	  	11/03/15	  	11/29/15	  	4	  	NOV	  	
	27	  	11/30/15	  	01/03/16	  	5	  	DEC	  	2015 PEAK
	28	  	01/04/16	  	01/31/16	  	4	  	JAN	  	
	29	  	02/01/16	  	02/28/16	  	4	  	FEB	  	
	30	  	02/29/16	  	04/03/16	  	5	  	MAR	  	
	31	  	04/04/16	  	05/01/16	  	4	  	APR	  	
	32	  	05/02/16	  	05/29/16	  	4	  	MAY	  	
	33	  	05/30/16	  	06/26/16	  	4	  	JUN	  	
	34	  	06/27/16	  	07/31/16	  	5	  	JUL	  	
	35	  	08/01/16	  	08/28/16	  	4	  	AUG	  	
	36	  	08/29/16	  	10/02/16	  	5	  	SEP	  	
	37	  	10/03/16	  	10/30/16	  	4	  	OCT	  	
	38	  	10/31/16	  	12/04/16	  	5	  	NOV	  	
	39	  	12/05/16	  	01/01/17	  	4	  	DEC	  	2016 PEAK
	40	  	01/02/17	  	01/29/17	  	4	  	JAN	  	
	41	  	01/30/17	  	02/26/17	  	4	  	FEB	  	

  
 Page 72 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 1: Postal Service Operating Periods 
  

											
	 Operating

Period
	  	 Begin
	  	 End
	  	 Number
 of
 Weeks
	  	 Month
	  	 Peak

Periods

	42	  	02/27/17	  	04/02/17	  	5	  	MAR	  	
	43	  	04/03/17	  	04/30/17	  	4	  	APR	  	
	44	  	05/01/17	  	06/04/17	  	5	  	MAY	  	
	45	  	06/05/17	  	07/02/17	  	4	  	JUN	  	
	46	  	07/03/17	  	07/30/17	  	4	  	JUL	  	
	47	  	07/31/17	  	08/27/17	  	4	  	AUG	  	
	48	  	08/28/17	  	10/01/17	  	5	  	SEP	  	
	49	  	10/02/17	  	10/29/17	  	4	  	OCT	  	
	50	  	10/30/17	  	11/27/17	  	4	  	NOV	  	
	51	  	11/28/17	  	12/30/17	  	5	  	DEC	  	2017 PEAK
	52	  	12/31/17	  	01/28/18	  	4	  	JAN	  	
	53	  	01/29/18	  	02/25/18	  	4	  	FEB	  	
	54	  	02/26/18	  	04/01/18	  	5	  	MAR	  	
	55	  	04/02/18	  	04/29/18	  	4	  	APR	  	
	56	  	04/30/18	  	06/03/18	  	5	  	MAY	  	
	57	  	06/04/18	  	07/01/18	  	4	  	JUN	  	
	58	  	07/02/18	  	07/29/18	  	4	  	JUL	  	
	59	  	07/30/18	  	08/26/18	  	4	  	AUG	  	
	60	  	08/27/18	  	09/30/18	  	5	  	SEP	  	
	61	  	10/01/18	  	10/28/18	  	4	  	OCT	  	
	62	  	10/29/18	  	12/02/18	  	5	  	NOV	  	
	63	  	12/03/18	  	01/06/19	  	5	  	DEC	  	2018 PEAK
	64	  	01/07/19	  	02/03/19	  	4	  	JAN	  	
	65	  	02/04/19	  	03/03/19	  	4	  	FEB	  	
	66	  	03/04/19	  	03/31/19	  	4	  	MAR	  	
	67	  	04/01/19	  	04/28/19	  	4	  	APR	  	
	68	  	04/29/14	  	06/02/19	  	5	  	MAY	  	
	69	  	06/03/19	  	06/30/19	  	4	  	JUN	  	
	70	  	07/01/19	  	07/28/19	  	4	  	JUL	  	
	71	  	07/29/19	  	09/01/19	  	5	  	AUG	  	
	72	  	09/02/19	  	09/29/19	  	4	  	SEP	  	
	73	  	09/30/19	  	10/27/19	  	4	  	OCT	  	
	74	  	10/30/19	  	12/01/19	  	5	  	NOV	  	
	75	  	12/02/19	  	01/05/20	  	5	  	DEC	  	2019 PEAK
	76	  	01/06/20	  	02/02/20	  	4	  	JAN	  	
	77	  	02/03/20	  	03/01/20	  	4	  	FEB	  	
	78	  	03/02/20	  	03/29/20	  	4	  	MAR	  	
	79	  	03/30/20	  	05/03/20	  	5	  	APR	  	
	80	  	05/04/20	  	05/31/20	  	4	  	MAY	  	
	81	  	06/01/20	  	06/28/20	  	4	  	JUN	  	
	82	  	06/29/20	  	08/02/20	  	5	  	JUL	  	
	83	  	08/03/20	  	08/30/20	  	4	  	AUG	  	
	84	  	08/31/20	  	09/30/20	  	5	  	SEP	  	

  
 Page 73 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 2: Air Stops & Projected Volumes 
 Attachment 2

 Air Stops & Projected Volumes 
 January 8, 2013 
 Refer to the Excel file provided with the awarded
contract. 
  

	**	Attachment 2 contains an Excel file totaling approximately 2000 pages that outlines daily airstops and projected volumes by USPS service product for each airstop.
Because this information is not material, it has been omitted from this exhibit. FedEx Corporation will furnish supplementally a copy of this Attachment 2 to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. 

  
 Page 74 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

Exercised Option 1 and 2 
 Attachment 3 
 Operating Plan, Day Network 

June 24, 2013 
 Tuesday through Sunday 
  

									
	 	  	 	  	 Originating
Operation

	 	  	 Air Cargo Network

Origin City
	  	 Service

Point
	  	ALL Mail Due
Aviation Supplier
Tuesday
through Saturday	 	ALL Mail Due
Aviation
Supplier
Sunday
	1	  	ALBUQUERQUE NM	  	ABQ	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	2	  	ANCHORAGE AK	  	ANC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	3	  	ATLANTA GA	  	ATL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	4	  	AUSTIN TX	  	AUS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	5	  	BALTIMORE MD	  	BWI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	6	  	BILLINGS MT	  	BIL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	7	  	BIRMINGHAM AL	  	BHM	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	8	  	BOISE ID AMF	  	BOI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	9	  	BOSTON MA	  	BOS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	10	  	CHARLESTON WV	  	CRW	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	11	  	CHARLOTTE NC	  	CLT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	12	  	CHICAGO IL	  	ORD	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	13	  	CINCINNATI OH	  	CVG	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	14	  	CLEVELAND OH	  	CLE	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	15	  	COLUMBUS OH	  	CMH	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	16	  	DALLAS TX	  	DFW	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	17	  	DENVER CO	  	DEN	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	18	  	DES MOINES IA	  	DSM	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	19	  	DETROIT MI	  	DTW	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	20	  	DULLES VA	  	IAD	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	21	  	EL PASO TX	  	ELP	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	22	  	FARGO ND	  	GFK	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	23	  	GRAND RAPIDS MI	  	GRR	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	24	  	GREAT FALLS MT	  	GTF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	25	  	GREENSBORO NC	  	GSO	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	26	  	HONOLULU HI	  	HNL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	27	  	HOUSTON TX	  	IAH	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	28	  	INDIANAPOLIS IN	  	IND	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	29	  	JACKSON MS	  	JAN	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	30	  	JACKSONVILLE FL	  	JAX	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	31	  	KANSAS CITY MO	  	MCI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	32	  	KNOXVILLE TN	  	TYS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	33	  	LAS VEGAS NV	  	LAS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	34	  	LITTLE ROCK AR	  	LIT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	35	  	LOS ANGELES CA	  	LAX	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	36	  	LOUISVILLE KY	  	SDF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	37	  	LUBBOCK TX	  	LBB	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]

  
 Page 75 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

									
	 	  	 	  	 Originating
Operation

	 	  	 Air Cargo Network

Origin City
	  	 Service

Point
	  	ALL Mail Due
Aviation Supplier
Tuesday
through Saturday	 	ALL Mail Due
Aviation
Supplier
Sunday
	38	  	MEMPHIS TN	  	MEM	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	39	  	MIAMI FL	  	MIA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	40	  	MILWAUKEE WI	  	MKE	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	41	  	MINNEAPOLIS MN	  	MSP	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	42	  	MOBILE AL	  	MOB	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	43	  	NASHUA NH	  	MHT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	44	  	NASHVILLE TN	  	BNA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	45	  	NEW ORLEANS LA	  	MSY	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	46	  	NEWARK NJ	  	EWR	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	47	  	NORFOLK VA	  	ORF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	48	  	NY METRO	  	JFK	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	49	  	OAKLAND CA	  	OAK	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	50	  	OKLAHOMA CITY OK	  	OKC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	51	  	OMAHA NE	  	OMA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	52	  	ONTARIO CA	  	ONT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	53	  	ORLANDO FL	  	MCO	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	54	  	PHILADELPHIA PA	  	PHL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	55	  	PHOENIX AZ	  	PHX	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	56	  	PITTSBURGH PA	  	PIT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	57	  	PORTLAND OR	  	PDX	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	58	  	QUAD CITIES IL	  	MLI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	59	  	RALEIGH NC	  	RDU	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	60	  	RENO NV	  	RNO	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	61	  	RICHMOND VA	  	RIC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	62	  	ROCHESTER NY	  	ROC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	63	  	SACRAMENTO CA	  	SMF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	64	  	SALT LAKE CITY UT	  	SLC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	65	  	SAN ANTONIO TX	  	SAT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	66	  	SAN DIEGO CA	  	SAN	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	67	  	SAN FRANCISCO CA	  	SFO	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	68	  	SAN JUAN PR	  	SJU	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	69	  	SEATTLE WA	  	SEA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	70	  	SHREVEPORT LA	  	SHV	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	71	  	SIOUX FALLS SD	  	FSD	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	72	  	SPOKANE WA	  	GEG	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	73	  	SPRINGFIELD MA	  	BDL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	74	  	SPRINGFIELD MO	  	SGF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	75	  	SPRINGFIELD IL	  	SPI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	76	  	ST. LOUIS MO	  	STL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	77	  	TAMPA FL	  	TPA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	78	  	TUCSON AZ	  	TUS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	79	  	TULSA OK	  	TUL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	80	  	WICHITA KS	  	ICT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]

  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 76 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

 Exercised Option 1 and 2 

Attachment 3 

Operating Plan, Day Network 
 June 24, 2013 
 Tuesday through Sunday 

 

											
	 	  	 	  	Destinating Operation
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network Destination City
	  	Service Point	  	Required
Delivery Time to
Postal Service
Tuesday - Friday	 	Required
Delivery Time to
Postal Service
Saturday	 	Required
Delivery Time to
Postal Service
Sunday
	1	  	ALBUQUERQUE NM	  	ABQ	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	2	  	ANCHORAGE AK	  	ANC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	3	  	ATLANTA GA	  	ATL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	4	  	AUSTIN TX	  	AUS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	5	  	BALTIMORE MD	  	BWI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	6	  	BILLINGS MT	  	BIL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	7	  	BIRMINGHAM AL	  	BHM	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	8	  	BOISE ID	  	BOI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	9	  	BOSTON MA	  	BOS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	10	  	CHARLESTON WV	  	CRW	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	11	  	CHARLOTTE NC	  	CLT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	12	  	CHICAGO IL	  	ORD	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	13	  	CINCINNATI OH	  	CVG	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	14	  	CLEVELAND OH	  	CLE	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	15	  	COLUMBUS OH	  	CMH	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	16	  	DALLAS TX	  	DFW	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	17	  	DENVER CO	  	DEN	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	18	  	DES MOINES IA	  	DSM	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	19	  	DETROIT MI	  	DTW	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	20	  	DULLES VA	  	IAD	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	21	  	EL PASO TX	  	ELP	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	22	  	FARGO ND P&DC	  	GFK	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	23	  	GRAND RAPIDS MI	  	GRR	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	24	  	GREAT FALLS MT	  	GTF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	25	  	GREENSBORO NC	  	GSO	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	26	  	HONOLULU HI	  	HNL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	27	  	HOUSTON TX	  	IAH	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	28	  	INDIANAPOLIS IN	  	IND	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	29	  	JACKSON MS	  	JAN	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	30	  	JACKSONVILLE FL	  	JAX	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	31	  	KANSAS CITY MO	  	MCI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	32	  	KNOXVILLE TN	  	TYS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	33	  	LAS VEGAS NV	  	LAS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	34	  	LITTLE ROCK AR	  	LIT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	35	  	LOS ANGELES CA	  	LAX	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	36	  	LOUISVILLE KY	  	SDF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]

  
 Page 77 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

											
	 	  	 	  	Destinating Operation
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network Destination City
	  	Service Point	  	Required
Delivery Time to
Postal Service
Tuesday - Friday	 	Required
Delivery Time to
Postal Service
Saturday	 	Required
Delivery Time to
Postal Service
Sunday
	37	  	LUBBOCK TX	  	LBB	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	38	  	MEMPHIS TN	  	MEM	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	39	  	MIAMI FL	  	MIA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	40	  	MILWAUKEE WI	  	MKE	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	41	  	MINNEAPOLIS MN	  	MSP	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	42	  	MOBILE AL	  	BFM	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	43	  	NASHUA NH	  	MHT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	44	  	NASHVILLE TN	  	BNA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	45	  	NEW ORLEANS LA	  	MSY	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	46	  	NEWARK NJ	  	EWR	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	47	  	NORFOLK VA	  	ORF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	48	  	NY METRO	  	JFK	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	49	  	OAKLAND CA	  	OAK	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	50	  	OKLAHOMA CITY OK	  	OKC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	51	  	OMAHA NE	  	OMA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	52	  	ONTARIO CA	  	ONT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	53	  	ORLANDO FL	  	MCO	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	54	  	PHILADELPHIA PA	  	PHL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	55	  	PHOENIX AZ	  	PHX	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	56	  	PITTSBURGH PA	  	PIT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	57	  	PORTLAND OR	  	PDX	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	58	  	QUAD CITIES IL	  	MLI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	59	  	RALEIGH NC	  	RDU	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	60	  	RENO NV	  	RNO	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	61	  	RICHMOND VA	  	RIC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	62	  	ROCHESTER	  	ROC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	63	  	SACRAMENTO CA	  	SMF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	64	  	SALT LAKE CITY	  	SLC	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	65	  	SAN ANTONIO	  	SAT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	66	  	SAN DIEGO	  	SAN	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	67	  	SAN FRANCISCO CA	  	SFO	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	68	  	SAN JUAN PR**	  	SJU	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	69	  	SEATTLE WA	  	SEA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	70	  	SHREVEPORT LA	  	SHV	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	71	  	SIOUX FALLS SD	  	FSD	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	72	  	SPOKANE WA	  	GEG	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	73	  	SPRINGFIELD MA	  	BDL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	74	  	SPRINGFIELD MO	  	SGF	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	75	  	SPRINGFIELD IL	  	SPI	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	76	  	ST. LOUIS MO	  	STL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	77	  	TAMPA FL	  	TPA	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	78	  	TUCSON AZ	  	TUS	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	79	  	TULSA OK	  	TUL	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]
	80	  	WICHITA KS	  	ICT	  	[ * ]	 	[ * ]	 	[ * ]

  

	*	All mail is delivered on Sunday at 07:00. The offshore locations have additional time. 

	**	75% of the volume capture will be delivered on Day Zero with the balance delivered on Day +1 

 

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 78 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

 Exercised Option 1 and 2 

Attachment 3 

Operating Plan, Day Network 
 June 24, 2013 
 Tender and Delivery Process Codes 

 

							
	A	  	Postal Service Builds ULDs	  	F	  	Aviation Supplier Unloads ULD into MTE
	B	  	Postal Service Transports ULDs to Ramp	  	G	  	Aviation Supplier Builds ULDs
	C	  	Postal Service Tenders in MTE	  	H	  	Aviation Supplier Delivers ULDs to Ramp
	D	  	Postal Service Picks Up MTE	  	I	  	Aviation Supplier Picks Up ULDs from Plant
	E	  	Postal Service Deck loads	  	J	  	Aviation Supplier Delivers ULDs to Plant

  

									
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service Point	  	Tender Code	  	Delivery Code
	1	  	ALBUQUERQUE NM	  	ABQ	  	A , B	  	H
	2	  	ANCHORAGE AK	  	ANC	  	A , B	  	H
	3	  	ATLANTA GA	  	ATL	  	A , B	  	H
	4	  	AUSTIN TX	  	AUS	  	A , B	  	H
	5	  	BALTIMORE MD	  	BWI	  	A , B	  	H
	6	  	BILLINGS MT	  	BIL	  	A , B	  	H
	7	  	BIRMINGHAM AL	  	BHM	  	E	  	K
	8	  	BOISE ID	  	BOI	  	A , B	  	H
	9	  	BOSTON MA	  	BOS	  	A , B	  	H
	10	  	CHARLESTON WV	  	CRW	  	A , B	  	H
	11	  	CHARLOTTE NC	  	CLT	  	A , B	  	H
	12	  	CHICAGO IL	  	ORD	  	A , B	  	H
	13	  	CINCINNATI OH	  	CVG	  	A , B	  	H
	14	  	CLEVELAND OH	  	CLE	  	A , B	  	H
	15	  	COLUMBUS OH	  	CMH	  	A , B	  	H
	16	  	DALLAS TX	  	DFW	  	A , B	  	H
	17	  	DENVER CO	  	DEN	  	A , B	  	H
	18	  	DES MOINES IA	  	DSM	  	A , B	  	H
	19	  	DETROIT MI	  	DTW	  	A , B	  	H
	20	  	DULLES VA	  	IAD	  	A , B	  	H
	21	  	EL PASO TX	  	ELP	  	A , B	  	H
	22	  	FARGO ND	  	GFK	  	A , B	  	H
	23	  	GRAND RAPIDS MI	  	GRR	  	A , B	  	H
	24	  	GREAT FALLS MT	  	GTF	  	A , B	  	Origin Only
	25	  	GREENSBORO NC	  	GSO	  	A , B	  	H
	26	  	HONOLULU HI	  	HNL	  	A , B	  	H
	27	  	HOUSTON TX	  	IAH	  	A , B	  	H
	28	  	INDIANAPOLIS IN	  	IND	  	A , B	  	H
	29	  	JACKSON MS	  	JAN	  	E	  	K
	30	  	JACKSONVILLE FL	  	JAX	  	A , B	  	H
	31	  	KANSAS CITY MO	  	MCI	  	A , B	  	H
	32	  	KNOXVILLE TN	  	TYS	  	A , B	  	H
	33	  	LAS VEGAS NV	  	LAS	  	A , B	  	H
	34	  	LITTLE ROCK AR	  	LIT	  	A , B	  	H

  
 Page 79 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

									
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service Point	  	Tender Code	  	Delivery Code
	35	  	LOS ANGELES CA	  	LAX	  	A , B	  	H
	36	  	LOUISVILLE KY	  	SDF	  	A , B	  	H
	37	  	LUBBOCK TX	  	LBB	  	A , B	  	H
	38	  	MEMPHIS TN	  	MEM	  	A , B	  	H
	39	  	MIAMI FL	  	MIA	  	A , B	  	H
	40	  	MILWAUKEE WI	  	MKE	  	A , B	  	H
	41	  	MINNEAPOLIS MN	  	MSP	  	A , B	  	H
	42	  	MOBILE AL	  	MOB	  	A , B	  	H
	43	  	NASHUA NH	  	MHT	  	A , I	  	J
	44	  	NASHVILLE TN	  	BNA	  	E	  	K
	45	  	NEW ORLEANS LA	  	MSY	  	A , B	  	H
	46	  	NEWARK NJ	  	EWR	  	A , B	  	H
	47	  	NORFOLK VA	  	ORF	  	A , B	  	H
	48	  	NY METRO	  	JFK	  	A , I	  	J
	49	  	OAKLAND CA	  	OAK	  	A , B	  	H
	50	  	OKLAHOMA CITY OK	  	OKC	  	A , B	  	H
	51	  	OMAHA NE	  	OMA	  	A , B	  	H
	52	  	ONTARIO CA	  	ONT	  	A , B	  	H
	53	  	ORLANDO FL	  	MCO	  	A , B	  	H
	54	  	PHILADELPHIA PA	  	PHL	  	A , B	  	H
	55	  	PHOENIX AZ	  	PHX	  	A , B	  	H
	56	  	PITTSBURGH PA	  	PIT	  	A , B	  	H
	57	  	PORTLAND OR	  	PDX	  	A , B	  	H
	58	  	QUAD CITIES IL	  	MLI	  	E	  	Origin Only
	59	  	RALEIGH NC	  	RDU	  	A , B	  	H
	60	  	RENO NV	  	RNO	  	A , B	  	H
	61	  	RICHMOND VA	  	RIC	  	A , B	  	H
	62	  	ROCHESTER NY	  	ROC	  	A , I	  	J
	63	  	SACRAMENTO CA	  	SMF	  	A , B	  	H
	64	  	SALT LAKE CITY	  	SLC	  	A , B	  	H
	65	  	SAN ANTONIO TX	  	SAT	  	A , B	  	H
	66	  	SAN DIEGO CA	  	SAN	  	A , B	  	H
	67	  	SAN FRANCISCO CA	  	SFO	  	A , B	  	H
	68	  	SAN JUAN PR	  	SJU	  	A , B	  	H
	69	  	SEATTLE WA	  	SEA	  	A , B	  	H
	70	  	SHREVEPORT LA	  	SHV	  	A , B	  	H
	71	  	SIOUX FALLS SD	  	FSD	  	A , B	  	H
	72	  	SPOKANE WA	  	GEG	  	A , B	  	H
	73	  	SPRINGFIELD MA	  	BDL	  	A , B	  	H
	74	  	SPRINGFIELD MO	  	SGF	  	E	  	Origin Only
	75	  	SPRINGFIELD IL	  	SPI	  	E	  	Origin Only
	76	  	ST. LOUIS MO	  	STL	  	E	  	K
	77	  	TAMPA FL	  	TPA	  	A , B	  	H
	78	  	TUCSON AZ	  	TUS	  	A , B	  	H
	79	  	TULSA OK	  	TUL	  	A , B	  	H
	80	  	WICHITA KS	  	ICT	  	A , B	  	H

  
 Page 80 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

 Exercised Option 1 and 2 

Attachment 4 

Operating Plan, Night Network 
 June 24, 2013 
  

													
	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	Originating Operations	  	Destinating Operations
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service
Point	 	 	 ALL Mail Due Aviation
Supplier

Monday - Friday
	  	 Required Delivery Time to
Postal Service

Tuesday - Friday
	  	Required Delivery Time
to Postal
Service
Saturday
	 1
	  	ALBANY NY	  	 	ALB	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 2
	  	ALBUQUERQUE NM	  	 	ABQ	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 3
	  	ALLENTOWN PA	  	 	ABE	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 4
	  	ANCHORAGE AK	  	 	ANC	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 5
	  	APPLETON WI	  	 	ATW	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 6
	  	ATLANTA GA	  	 	ATL	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 7
	  	AUSTIN TX	  	 	AUS	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 8
	  	BALTIMORE MD	  	 	BWI	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 9
	  	BANGOR ME	  	 	BGR	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 10
	  	BATON ROUGE LA	  	 	BTR	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 11
	  	BEND OR	  	 	RDM	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 12
	  	BILLINGS MT	  	 	BIL	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 13
	  	BIRMINGHAM AL	  	 	BHM	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 14
	  	BISMARK ND	  	 	BIS	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 15
	  	BOISE ID	  	 	BOI	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 16
	  	BOSTON MA	  	 	BOS	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 17
	  	BOZEMAN MT	  	 	BZN	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 18
	  	BRISTOL TN / VA	  	 	TRI	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 19
	  	BUFFALO NY	  	 	BUF	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 20
	  	BURBANK CA	  	 	BUR	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 21
	  	BURLINGTON VT	  	 	BTV	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 22
	  	BUTTE MT	  	 	BTM	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 23
	  	CASPER WY	  	 	CPR	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 24
	  	CEDAR RAPIDS IA	  	 	CID	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 25
	  	CHARLESTON WV	  	 	CRW	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 26
	  	CHARLOTTE NC	  	 	CLT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 27
	  	CHATTANOOGA TN	  	 	CHA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 28
	  	CHEYENNE WY	  	 	CYS	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 29
	  	CHICAGO IL (O’Hare)	  	 	ORD	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 30
	  	CINCINNATI OH	  	 	CVG	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 31
	  	CLEVELAND OH	  	 	CLE	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 32
	  	COLORADO SPRINGS CO	  	 	COS	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 33
	  	COLUMBIA SC	  	 	CAE	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 34
	  	COLUMBUS OH	  	 	CMH	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 35
	  	DALLAS TX	  	 	DFW	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 36
	  	DAYTON OH	  	 	DAY	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]

  
 Page 81 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

													
	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	Originating Operations	  	Destinating Operations
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service
Point	 	 	 ALL Mail Due Aviation
Supplier

Monday - Friday
	  	 Required Delivery Time to
Postal Service

Tuesday - Friday
	  	Required Delivery Time
to Postal
Service
Saturday
	 37
	  	DENVER CO	  	 	DEN	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 38
	  	DES MOINES IA	  	 	DSM	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 39
	  	DETROIT MI	  	 	DTW	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 40
	  	DULLES VA	  	 	IAD	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 41
	  	DULUTH MN	  	 	DLH	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 42
	  	DURANGO CO	  	 	DRO	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 43
	  	EL PASO TX	  	 	ELP	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 44
	  	ELMIRA NY	  	 	ELM	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 45
	  	EUGENE OR	  	 	EUG	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 46
	  	FAIRBANKS AK	  	 	FAI	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 47
	  	FLINT MI	  	 	FNT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 48
	  	FORT MYERS FL	  	 	RSW	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 49
	  	FORT WAYNE IN	  	 	FWA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 50
	  	FRESNO CA	  	 	FAT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 51
	  	FT LAUDERDALE FL	  	 	FLL	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 52
	  	GRAND FORKS ND	  	 	GFK	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 53
	  	GRAND JUNCTION CO	  	 	GJT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 54
	  	GRAND RAPIDS MI	  	 	GRR	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 55
	  	GREAT FALLS MT	  	 	GTF	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 56
	  	GREENSBORO NC	  	 	GSO	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 57
	  	GREENVILLE SC	  	 	GSP	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 58
	  	HARRISBURG PA	  	 	MDT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 59
	  	HARTFORD CT	  	 	BDL	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 60
	  	HONOLULU HI	  	 	HNL	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 61
	  	HOUSTON TX	  	 	IAH	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 62
	  	HUNTSVILLE AL	  	 	HSV	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 63
	  	INDIANAPOLIS IN	  	 	IND	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 64
	  	JACKSON MS	  	 	JAN	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 65
	  	JACKSONVILLE FL	  	 	JAX	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 66
	  	JFK NY	  	 	JFK	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 67
	  	KALISPELL MT	  	 	FCA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 68
	  	KANSAS CITY MO	  	 	MCI	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 69
	  	KNOXVILLE TN	  	 	TYS	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 70
	  	LAS VEGAS NV	  	 	LAS	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 71
	  	LITTLE ROCK AR	  	 	LIT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 72
	  	LONG BEACH CA	  	 	LGB	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 73
	  	LOS ANGELES CA	  	 	LAX	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 74
	  	LOUISVILLE KY	  	 	SDF	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 75
	  	LUBBOCK TX	  	 	LBB	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 76
	  	MADISON WI	  	 	MSN	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 77
	  	MANCHESTER NH	  	 	MHT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 78
	  	MCALLEN TX	  	 	MFE	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 79
	  	MEDFORD OR	  	 	MFR	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 80
	  	MEMPHIS TN	  	 	MEM	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]

  
 Page 82 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

													
	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	Originating Operations	  	Destinating Operations
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service
Point	 	 	 ALL Mail Due Aviation
Supplier

Monday - Friday
	  	 Required Delivery Time to
Postal Service

Tuesday - Friday
	  	Required Delivery Time
to Postal
Service
Saturday
	 81
	  	MIAMI FL	  	 	MIA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 82
	  	MILWAUKEE WI	  	 	MKE	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 83
	  	MINNEAPOLIS MN	  	 	MSP	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 84
	  	MINOT ND	  	 	MOT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 85
	  	MISSOULA MT	  	 	MSO	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 86
	  	MOBILE AL	  	 	MOB	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 87
	  	NASHVILLE TN	  	 	BNA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 88
	  	NEW ORLEANS LA	  	 	MSY	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 89
	  	NEWARK NJ	  	 	EWR	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 90
	  	NORFOLK VA	  	 	ORF	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 91
	  	OAKLAND CA	  	 	OAK	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 92
	  	OKLAHOMA CITY OK	  	 	OKC	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 93
	  	OMAHA NE	  	 	OMA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 94
	  	ONTARIO CA	  	 	ONT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 95
	  	ORANGE CNTY AIRPORT	  	 	SNA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 96
	  	ORLANDO FL	  	 	MCO	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 97
	  	PALM BEACH FL	  	 	PBI	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 98
	  	PASCO WA	  	 	PSC	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 99
	  	PEORIA IL	  	 	PIA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 100
	  	PHILADELPHIA PA	  	 	PHL	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 101
	  	PHOENIX AZ	  	 	PHX	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 102
	  	PITTSBURGH PA	  	 	PIT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 103
	  	POCATELLO ID	  	 	PIH	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 104
	  	PORTLAND ME	  	 	PWM	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 105
	  	PORTLAND OR	  	 	PDX	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 106
	  	PRESQUE ISLE ME	  	 	PQI	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 107
	  	PROVIDENCE RI	  	 	PVD	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 108
	  	RALEIGH NC	  	 	RDU	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 109
	  	RAPID CITY SD	  	 	RAP	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 110
	  	RENO NV	  	 	RNO	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 111
	  	RICHMOND VA	  	 	RIC	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 112
	  	ROANOKE VA	  	 	ROA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 113
	  	ROCHESTER MN	  	 	RST	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 114
	  	ROCHESTER NY	  	 	ROC	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 115
	  	ROCK SPRINGS WY	  	 	RKS	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 116
	  	SACRAMENTO CA	  	 	SMF	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 117
	  	SALT LAKE CITY UT	  	 	SLC	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 118
	  	SAN ANTONIO TX	  	 	SAT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 119
	  	SAN DIEGO CA	  	 	SAN	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 120
	  	SAN FRANCISCO CA	  	 	SFO	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 121
	  	SAN JOSE CA	  	 	SJC	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 122
	  	SAN JUAN PR	  	 	SJU	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 123
	  	SAVANNAH GA	  	 	SAV	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 124
	  	SEATTLE WA	  	 	SEA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]

  
 Page 83 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

													
	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	Originating Operations	  	Destinating Operations
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service
Point	 	 	 ALL Mail Due Aviation
Supplier

Monday - Friday
	  	 Required Delivery Time to
Postal Service

Tuesday - Friday
	  	Required Delivery Time
to Postal
Service
Saturday
	 125
	  	SHREVEPORT LA	  	 	SHV	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 126
	  	SIOUX CITY IA	  	 	SUX	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 127
	  	SOUIX FALLS SD	  	 	FSD	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 128
	  	SOUTH BEND IN	  	 	SBN	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 129
	  	SPOKANE WA	  	 	GEG	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 130
	  	SPRINGFIELD MO	  	 	SGF	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 131
	  	ST CLOUD MN	  	 	STC	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 132
	  	ST LOUIS MO	  	 	STL	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 133
	  	STEWART NY	  	 	SWF	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 134
	  	SYRACUSE NY	  	 	SYR	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 135
	  	TALLAHASSEE FL	  	 	TLH	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 136
	  	TAMPA FL	  	 	TPA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 137
	  	TRAVERSE CITY MI	  	 	TVC	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 138
	  	TUCSON AZ	  	 	TUS	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 139
	  	TULSA OK	  	 	TUL	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 140
	  	TWIN FALLS ID	  	 	TWF	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 141
	  	WATERLOO IA	  	 	ALO	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 142
	  	WAUSAU WI	  	 	CWA	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 143
	  	WENATCHEE WA	  	 	EAT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 144
	  	WICHITA KS	  	 	ICT	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]
	 145
	  	YAKIMA WA	  	 	YKM	  	 	[ * ]	  	[ * ]	  	[ * ]

  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 84 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

 Exercised Option 1 and 2 

Attachment 4 

Operating Plan, Night Network 
 June 24, 2013 
 Tender and Delivery Process Codes 

 

	A	Postal Service Builds ULDs 

	B	Postal Service Transports ULDs to Ramp 

	C	Postal Service Transports Loose Volume to and from Aviation Supplier Location other than Airport Ramp 

	D	Postal Service Transports Loose Volumes to and from Aviation Supplier Ramp 

	E	Aviation Supplier Picks Up ULDs 

	F	Aviation Supplier Delivers in ULDs 

	G	Aviation Supplier Delivers Volume Loose to a Postal Service Designated Location 

 

									
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service
Point	  	Tender
Code	  	Delivery Code
	1	  	ALBANY NY	  	ALB	  	D	  	D
	2	  	ALBURQUERQUE NM	  	ABQ	  	D	  	D
	3	  	ALLENTOWN PA	  	ABE	  	D	  	Origin Only
	4	  	ANCHORAGE AK	  	ANC	  	D	  	D
	5	  	APPLETON WI	  	ATW	  	D	  	D
	6	  	ATLANTA GA	  	ATL	  	E	  	D
	7	  	AUSTIN (Air Stop) TX	  	AUS	  	D	  	D
	8	  	BALTIMORE MD	  	BWI	  	D	  	D
	9	  	BANGOR ME	  	BGR	  	D	  	D
	10	  	BATON ROUGE LA	  	BTR	  	D	  	D
	11	  	BEND OR	  	RDM	  	D	  	Origin Only
	12	  	BILLINGS MT	  	BIL	  	D	  	D
	13	  	BIRMINGHAM AL	  	BHM	  	D	  	D
	14	  	BISMARK ND	  	BIS	  	D	  	Origin Only
	15	  	BOISE ID	  	BOI	  	E	  	F
	16	  	BOSTON MA	  	BOS	  	D	  	D
	17	  	BOZEMAN MT	  	BZN	  	D	  	Origin Only
	18	  	BRISTOL TN / VA	  	TRI	  	D	  	Origin Only
	19	  	BUFFALO NY	  	BUF	  	D	  	D
	20	  	BURBANK CA	  	BUR	  	D	  	D
	21	  	BURLINGTON VT	  	BTV	  	D	  	D
	22	  	BUTTE MT	  	BTM	  	D	  	Origin Only
	23	  	CASPER WY	  	CPR	  	D	  	Origin Only
	24	  	CEDAR RAPIDS IA	  	CID	  	D	  	D
	25	  	CHARLESTON WV	  	CRW	  	D	  	D
	26	  	CHARLOTTE NC	  	CLT	  	D	  	D
	27	  	CHATTANOOGA P&DC TN	  	CHA	  	D	  	D
	28	  	CHEYENNE WY	  	CYS	  	D	  	Origin Only
	29	  	CHICAGO IL	  	ORD	  	D	  	D
	30	  	CINCINNATI OH	  	CVG	  	D	  	D
	31	  	CLEVELAND OH	  	CLE	  	D	  	D

  
 Page 85 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

									
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service
Point	  	Tender
Code	  	Delivery Code
	32	  	COLORADO SPRINGS CO	  	COS	  	D	  	D
	33	  	COLUMBIA SC	  	CAE	  	D	  	D
	34	  	COLUMBUS OH	  	CMH	  	D	  	D
	35	  	DALLAS TX	  	DFW	  	D	  	D
	36	  	DAYTON OH	  	DAY	  	D	  	D
	37	  	DENVER CO	  	DEN	  	D	  	D
	38	  	DES MOINES IA	  	DSM	  	D	  	D
	39	  	DETROIT MI	  	DTW	  	D	  	D
	40	  	DULLES VA	  	IAD	  	D	  	D
	41	  	DULUTH MN	  	DLH	  	D	  	D
	42	  	DURANGO CO	  	DRO	  	D	  	Origin Only
	43	  	EL PASO TX	  	ELP	  	D	  	D
	44	  	ELM NY	  	ELM	  	D	  	D
	45	  	EUGENE OR	  	EUG	  	D	  	Origin Only
	46	  	FAIRBANKS AK	  	FAI	  	D	  	Origin Only
	47	  	FLINT P&DC MI	  	FNT	  	D	  	D
	48	  	FORT MYERS P&DC FL	  	RSW	  	E	  	F
	49	  	FORT WAYNE IN P&DC	  	FWA	  	D	  	D
	50	  	FRESNO CA	  	FAT	  	D	  	D
	51	  	FT LAUDERDALE FL	  	FLL	  	D	  	F
	52	  	GRAND FORKS ND	  	GFK	  	D	  	D
	53	  	GRAND JUNCTION CO	  	GJT	  	D	  	Origin Only
	54	  	GRAND RAPIDS MI	  	GRR	  	D	  	D
	55	  	GREAT FALLS MT	  	GTF	  	D	  	D
	56	  	GREENSBORO NC	  	GSO	  	D	  	D
	57	  	GREENVILLE SC	  	GSP	  	D	  	D
	58	  	HARRISBURG PA	  	MDT	  	D	  	D
	59	  	HARTFORD CT	  	BDL	  	D	  	D
	60	  	HONOLULU HI	  	HNL	  	D	  	D
	61	  	HOUSTON TX	  	IAH	  	D	  	D
	62	  	HUNTSVILLE P&DF AL	  	HSV	  	D	  	D
	63	  	INDIANAPOLIS IN	  	IND	  	D	  	D
	64	  	JACKSON MS	  	JAN	  	C	  	C
	65	  	JACKSONVILLE FL	  	JAX	  	E	  	F
	66	  	JFK NY	  	JFK	  	BD	  	D
	67	  	KALISPELL MT	  	FCA	  	D	  	Origin Only
	68	  	KANSAS CITY MO	  	MCI	  	D	  	D
	69	  	KNOXVILLE TN	  	TYS	  	D	  	D
	70	  	LAS VEGAS NV	  	LAS	  	D	  	D
	71	  	LITTLE ROCK AR	  	LIT	  	C	  	C
	72	  	LONG BEACH CA	  	LGB	  	D	  	Origin Only
	73	  	LOS ANGELES CA	  	LAX	  	D	  	D
	74	  	LOUISVILLE KY	  	SDF	  	D	  	D
	75	  	LUBBOCK TX	  	LBB	  	D	  	D
	76	  	MADISON WI	  	MSN	  	D	  	D
	77	  	MANCHESTER NH	  	MHT	  	D	  	D
	78	  	MCALLEN TX	  	MFE	  	D	  	Origin Only
	79	  	MEDFORD OR	  	MFR	  	D	  	Origin Only

  
 Page 86 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

									
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service
Point	  	Tender
Code	  	Delivery Code
	80	  	MEMPHIS TN	  	MEM	  	D	  	D
	81	  	MIAMI FL	  	MIA	  	D	  	F/D
	82	  	MILWAUKEE WI	  	MKE	  	D	  	D
	83	  	MINNEAPOLIS MN	  	MSP	  	D	  	D
	84	  	MINOT ND	  	MOT	  	D	  	Origin Only
	85	  	MISSOULA MT	  	MSO	  	D	  	Origin Only
	86	  	MOBILE AL	  	MOB	  	D	  	D
	87	  	NASHVILLE TN	  	BNA	  	D	  	D
	88	  	NEW ORLEANS LA	  	MSY	  	D	  	D
	89	  	NEWARK NJ	  	EWR	  	E	  	F
	90	  	NORFOLK VA	  	ORF	  	D	  	D
	91	  	OAKLAND CA	  	OAK	  	D	  	D
	92	  	OKLAHOMA CITY OK	  	OKC	  	D	  	D
	93	  	OMAHA NE	  	OMA	  	D	  	D
	94	  	ONTARIO CA	  	ONT	  	D	  	D
	95	  	ORANGE COUNTY AIRPORT	  	SNA	  	D	  	Origin Only
	96	  	ORLANDO FL	  	MCO	  	A	  	D
	97	  	PALM BEACH FL	  	PBI	  	D	  	D (T-F) / G (Sat)
	98	  	PASCO WA	  	PSC	  	D	  	Origin Only
	99	  	PEORIA MPO IL	  	PIA	  	D	  	D
	100	  	PHILADELPHIA PA	  	PHL	  	D	  	D
	101	  	PHOENIX AZ	  	PHX	  	D	  	D
	102	  	PITTSBURGH PA	  	PIT	  	D/E	  	D
	103	  	POCATELLO ID	  	PIH	  	D	  	Origin Only
	104	  	PORTLAND ME	  	PWM	  	D	  	D
	105	  	PORTLAND OR	  	PDX	  	D	  	D
	106	  	PRESQUE ISLE ME	  	PQI	  	D	  	D
	107	  	PROVIDENCE RI	  	PVD	  	D	  	D
	108	  	RALEIGH NC	  	RDU	  	D	  	D
	109	  	RAPID CITY SD	  	RAP	  	D	  	Origin Only
	110	  	RENO NV	  	RNO	  	D	  	D
	111	  	RICHMOND VA	  	RIC	  	D	  	D
	112	  	ROANOKE VA	  	ROA	  	D	  	D
	113	  	ROCHESTER MN	  	RST	  	D	  	D
	114	  	ROCHESTER NY	  	ROC	  	D	  	D
	115	  	ROCK SPRINGS WY	  	RKS	  	D	  	Origin Only
	116	  	SACRAMENTO CA	  	SMF	  	D	  	D
	117	  	SALT LAKE CITY UT	  	SLC	  	E	  	F
	118	  	SAN ANTONIO TX	  	SAT	  	D	  	D
	119	  	SAN DIEGO CA	  	SAN	  	D	  	D
	120	  	SAN FRANCISCO CA	  	SFO	  	E/D	  	F/D
	121	  	SAN JOSE CA	  	SJC	  	D	  	D
	122	  	SAN JUAN PR	  	SJU	  	D	  	D
	123	  	SAVANNAH P&DF GA	  	SAV	  	D	  	D
	124	  	SEATTLE WA	  	SEA	  	D	  	D
	125	  	SHREVEPORT LA	  	SHV	  	D	  	D
	126	  	SIOUX CITY IA	  	SUX	  	D	  	Origin Only
	127	  	SOUIX FALLS SD	  	FSD	  	D	  	D

  
 Page 87 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network 
 Modification 2 

 

									
	 	  	 Air Cargo Network City
	  	Service
Point	  	Tender
Code	  	Delivery Code
	128	  	SOUTH BEND IN P&DC	  	SBN	  	D	  	D
	129	  	SPOKANE WA	  	GEG	  	D	  	D
	130	  	SPRINGFIELD MO	  	SGF	  	D	  	D
	131	  	ST CLOUD MN	  	STC	  	D	  	Origin Only
	132	  	ST LOUIS MO	  	STL	  	D	  	D
	133	  	STEWART NY 125	  	SWF	  	D	  	D
	134	  	SYRACUSE NY	  	SYR	  	D	  	D
	135	  	TALLAHASSEE P&DF FL	  	TLH	  	D	  	D
	136	  	TAMPA FL	  	TPA	  	A	  	D
	137	  	TRAVERSE CITY MI	  	TVC	  	D	  	D
	138	  	TUCSON AZ	  	TUS	  	D	  	D
	139	  	TULSA OK	  	TUL	  	D	  	D
	140	  	TWIN FALLS ID	  	TWF	  	D	  	Origin Only
	141	  	WATERLOO IA	  	ALO	  	D	  	Origin Only
	142	  	WAUSAU WI	  	CWA	  	D	  	D
	143	  	WENATCHEE WA	  	EAT	  	D	  	Origin Only
	144	  	WICHITA KS	  	ICT	  	D	  	D
	145	  	YAKIMA WA	  	YKM	  	D	  	Origin Only

  
 Page 88 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 6: Postal Furnished Property 
 Attachment 6 

Postal Furnished Property 
 April 16, 2013 
  

							
	 Description
	  	Quantity
Memphis:	 	Quantity
Indianapolis	  	Quantity
Oakland
	 Computer Workstation
	  	1*	 		  	
	 Hand Scanners
	  	14	 		  	
	 Intermec Printers
	  	14	 	8	  	
	 Keyboards / Mouse
	  	14	 	9	  	6
	 Keyboards / Mouse
	  	1	 		  	
	 Monitor
	  	1	 		  	
	 Monitors
	  	14	 		  	
	 MSWYB-2 HP Computers
	  	14	 		  	
	 Router
	  	1	 	1	  	1
	 S-AMS Computer & Monitor
	  	1**	 	9	  	6
	 Scales
	  	4	 		  	

  

	*	TIMES computer located at the Truck Gate office 

	**	Located at FedEx administrative offices 

  
 Page 89 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 7: Electronic Data Interchange Service Requirements 

Attachment 7 
 Electronic Data Interchange Service Requirements 
 September 1, 2012

 Part I – RESDIT 
 Part II – CARDIT 
 Part III – INVOIC 

Part IV – Claims 
 Refer to the rtf files provided with the contract. 
  

	**	The Electronic Data Interchange Service Requirements referred to above have not yet been provided by the USPS. Because this information in Attachment 7 is not material,
it will continue to be omitted when provided by the USPS. FedEx Corporation will furnish supplementally a copy of this Attachment 7 (once it has been provided to FedEx Express by the USPS) to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

  
 Page 90 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 8: Investigative / Security Protocol and Guidelines 

Attachment 8 
 Investigative / Security Protocol and Guidelines 
 U.S. Postal Inspection
Service 
 July 2012 
 This document contains a statement of principles which will be used by the U.S. Postal Inspection Service (“Inspection Service”) and the aviation supplier to address U.S. Mail investigations and
security matters related to contract ACN-13-FX (“the Agreement”) between the aviation supplier and the United States Postal Service (“the Postal Service”). This statement of principles is not intended to be all-inclusive but is
designed to provide a broad framework that will allow flexibility for the parties to accomplish their respective security and investigative missions. In no event should this statement of principles be construed as an expansion of the aviation
supplier’s obligations or the Inspection Service’s authority under any applicable law or regulation or to expand either party’s rights or obligations under the Agreement. For purposes of this statement of principles, the term
“mail” shall hereinafter mean any item that is tendered to the aviation supplier by the Postal Service for transportation. This statement of principles is based on open communication and cooperation between the parties at each
organizational level to the fullest extent possible in postal-related matters. 
 Coordination 

 

	 	1.	The local contact points for the coordination of any mail related investigations and security issues related to this agreement will be at the aviation supplier’s
Security Director level and the Inspection Service Division level. (Attachment A: Postal Contact Listing and Attachment B: Aviation supplier Contact Listing for Postal Service Inspectors) 

 

	 	2.	The aviation supplier’s Corporate Security and the Inspection Service, Deputy Chief Inspector, Headquarters Operations, will address all policy issues and any
investigative or operational issues not resolved at the local level. 

 Communication 

 

	 	1.	The aviation supplier Security will notify the appropriate Inspection Service Division of any known theft, vandalism or criminal activity involving the mail while in
the custody of the aviation supplier. 

  

	 	2.	The Inspection Service Division will notify the appropriate aviation supplier representative of any criminal activity or security issues related issues to the mail that
is handled by the aviation supplier. 

  

	 	3.	The parties will cooperate and assist, with relevant security and investigative information related to the transportation and handling of the mail and with the aviation
supplier facilities and equipment on postal owned or leased property. 

 Security of U.S. Mails 

 

	 	1.	While in the custody of the aviation supplier, its employees or agents, mail may not be opened, searched or seized unless (a) expressly authorized by a Postal
Inspector or (b) as required by a properly executed federal search warrant. The aviation supplier shall notify a Postal Inspector of any warrants served for mail in the custody of the aviation supplier before coordinating the warrant execution.

  

	 	2.	 Address information from the mail in the custody and control of the aviation supplier may not be recorded or disclosed by the aviation supplier
employees, except as required for operational purposes regarding the sortation and transportation of the mail. Address 

  
 Page 91 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 8: Investigative / Security Protocol and Guidelines 
  

	 	
information from the mail may only be disclosed to another law enforcement or government agency upon express approval by a Postal Inspector in accordance with postal regulations. The aviation
supplier shall notify a Postal Inspector of all requests from law enforcement for information about mail in the custody of the aviation supplier. 

  

	 	3.	In situations where the aviation supplier has reason to believe that mail contains dangerous or injurious contents (including hazmat) that pose potential danger to the
aviation supplier’s employees, customers, equipment, products or facilities, the aviation supplier may take actions necessary to secure the item and minimize the risk. In these situations, the Inspection Service immediately will be notified and
the aviation supplier and the Inspection Service will coordinate the disposition of the item. 

  

	 	4.	In situations where the Inspection Service identifies dangerous or hazardous mail that was transported by the aviation supplier that posed a risk to the aviation
supplier’s employees, equipment, products or facilities, the Inspection Service immediately will notify the aviation supplier’s Security. 

  

	 	5.	Mail security regulations from the Administrative Support Manual, section 274, apply to this contract. 

Investigations 
  

	 	1.	The aviation supplier’s Security will notify the Inspection Service of all investigative and security issues affecting the mail in the custody of the aviation
supplier. 

  

	 	2.	The Inspection Service will be responsible for conducting all criminal investigations involving the theft or obstruction of mail or contraband found in the mail while
in the aviation supplier’s system and for criminal activities directed at the aviation supplier’s equipment, facilities, customers, or employees on postal owned or leased property. The Inspection Service will give, as much notice to the
aviation supplier involving the aviation supplier’s property or employees, and will coordinate with the aviation supplier to prevent disruption to the aviation supplier’s business operations consistent with the obligation under the
Noninterference section of this document. 

 Criminal and Administrative Proceedings 

 

	 	1.	The aviation supplier (subject to the receipt of a properly issued subpoena or other compulsory process) and Inspection Service personnel may serve as witnesses in
criminal and administrative proceedings that result from these investigations. 

 Access to the Aviation Supplier’s
Operations, Facilities, Personnel and Loss Data 
  

	 	1.	The Inspection Service acknowledges that the prime responsibility of the aviation supplier lies in the safe and expeditious movement of cargo. The Inspection Service
agrees not to direct any aviation supplier personnel to facilitate the operations of a law enforcement agency. 

  

	 	2.	Subject always to the matters addressed under the heading Noninterference below, the aviation supplier will provide the Inspection Service with reasonable access
to its facilities, operations, and records when necessary for investigations involving the mail, as mutually agreed upon by the local Postal Inspector and local security. 

 

	 	3.	The aviation supplier will coordinate interviews of its employees with the Inspection Service relevant to their investigations involving the mail. Except as otherwise
agreed upon, it is within the aviation supplier’s sole discretion, whether investigative interviews of the aviation supplier’s employees by the Inspection Service shall occur on the aviation supplier’s facilities or property. The
aviation supplier may not participate in custodial interviews conducted by Postal Inspectors. 

  
 Page 92 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 8: Investigative / Security Protocol and Guidelines 
  

	 	4.	Investigative reports prepared by the aviation supplier will be provided to the Inspection Service in response to a validly issued subpoena after the aviation
supplier’s investigation has been completed. The aviation supplier’s management will make independent determinations about the discipline or discharge of any of the aviation supplier’s employee. The Inspection Service shall not
attempt to dictate, direct or carry out such actions. 

  

	 	5.	The Inspection Service will provide its investigative reports to the aviation supplier through the Postal Service Contracting Officer and will provide an information
copy directly to the aviation supplier. 

 Surveillance Operations 

 

	 	1.	The aviation supplier will provide access to its own CCTV systems and will assist the Inspection Service with the installation of temporary camera systems required in
investigations involving the mail. The installation of Inspection Service camera systems will be in compliance with federal and state laws governing video surveillance investigations, and the aviation supplier’s privacy policies.

  

	 	2.	Upon request of the aviation supplier, the Inspection Service will share the information obtained from the use of its investigative camera systems installed in the
aviation supplier’s facilities and other surveillance equipment used in their investigations. 

 Undercover Operations

  

	 	1.	The aviation supplier may, subject to the heading Noninterference below, authorize the temporary placement of Inspection Service undercover personnel in its
facilities where deemed necessary for investigations involving the mail, provided, however, in no circumstances will the aviation supplier be responsible for any controlled deliveries. 

 

	 	2.	The Postal Service will defend and indemnify the aviation supplier for any loss, damage or other liability arising from the use of undercover personnel in the aviation
supplier’s facilities. 

 Contingency Planning and Notification 

 

	 	1.	The aviation supplier will ensure the Inspection Service is listed as a party to be notified in its critical incident or contingency plans related to the loss,
destruction, or delay of the mail caused by catastrophic losses of an aircraft or other vehicle transporting the mail, or at the aviation supplier’s facility. The aviation supplier will cooperate with the Inspection Service in the recovery of
the mail where reasonable. 

 Overgoods Operations 

 

	 	1.	The aviation supplier will provide security to any identified mail or mail contents processed in its overgoods operations and will ensure its transfer to the Postal
Service in accordance with standard operating plans. 

  

	 	2.	When directly relevant to mail security and investigations, the aviation supplier may, in its sole discretion, provide information to the Inspection Service regarding
losses of the aviation supplier’s product identified in its overgoods operations. 

  
 Page 93 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 8: Investigative / Security Protocol and Guidelines 
  

 Protection and Disclosure of Information from Investigations 

 

	 	1.	The aviation supplier and the Inspection Service agree to protect all information obtained in the course of their respective investigations from any unauthorized
disclosure. Any confidential, proprietary, privileged, or otherwise sensitive information obtained during the course of an investigation will be handled under mutual agreement between the Inspection Service and the aviation supplier.

  

	 	2.	All information related to Inspection Service investigations involving mail in the aviation supplier’s system or investigations of the aviation supplier’s
employees will be maintained in the Inspection Service Investigative File System as prescribed by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a. Any requests by third parties for records maintained in this system will be processed in accordance with
requirements of the Privacy Act and applicable privacy policies of the aviation supplier. 

  

	 	3.	All public disclosures of information related to investigations conducted by the Inspection Service and THE AVIATION SUPPLIER Security, including media requests or
press releases, will be coordinated between and approved by the Inspection Service and the aviation supplier in accordance with a mutually agreed communications plan and the aviation supplier’s privacy policies. 

Noninterference 
  

	 	1.	The Inspection Service agrees that in the exercise of its rights under this protocol it will not disrupt or interfere with any of the aviation supplier’s
operations. 

 Modifications 
  

	 	1.	This protocol and guidelines may be modified based on the mutual agreement of the aviation supplier and the Inspection Service. 

Postal Contact for Inspectors 
 Contact
Number: 877-876-2455 
 Option 2 Emergency 

Option 3 Mail Theft 

  
 Page 94 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 9: Wage Determination 
 Attachment 9 

Wage Determination 
 October 31, 2012 
 Due to the size and complexity of this solicitation, it is
impracticable to attach all relevant wage determinations to the solicitation packet. In lieu of a physical attachment, the Postal Service has worked with the Department of Labor to provide instructions to potential contractors for accessing the wage
determination(s) on the Department of Labor website. The instructions are as follows: 
 Current wage determinations can be found at
www.wdol.gov. This is the official Department of Labor website from which to access wage determinations. To access wage determinations, enter the website and click “Selecting SCA WDs” under the column heading “Service Contract
Act.” Use the drop down menu to select the state and county for the designated wage determination, and then click “Continue.” Answer “No” for the question “Were these services previously performed at this locality under
an SCA-covered contract?” Answer “No” for the question “Are the contract services to be performed listed below as Non-Standard Services?” Click on the Printer Friendly Version for a full view and printable Wage
Determination. Identify the SCA wage determination(s), including determination number, revision date, and state and counties that were used to determine that the rates offered are in compliance on Attachment 13: Service Contract Act Wage
Determinations.* The revision numbers of the wage determinations listed in the solicitation index of wage determinations should be used in the comparisons. For all the identified SCA eligible labor categories, map the SCA equivalent labor
category title (titles/descriptions available at http://www.wdol.gov. Click on the “library” link, then download the SCA Directory of Occupations, 5th Edition). Also identify the Wage Determination number that the labor categories in your
offer are predicated. Note that the applicable revision number for all Wage Determination numbers is the revision number identified in the solicitation index of wage determinations. In those instances where the aviation supplier has a non-standard
classification (a standard wage does not fit the work category) that requires a special SCA wage determination, the aviation supplier must contact the Postal Service Contracting Officer at: 

Manager, Air Transportation CMC 
 475 L’ Enfant Plaza SW, Room 1P650 
 Washington, DC 20260-0650

 Although the aviation supplier assumes sole responsibility to faithfully discharge all duties and obligations with regards to wage
determinations imposed by the Department of Labor, the Postal Service will assist the aviation supplier upon the aviation supplier’s request, to the extent necessary, in selecting the appropriate wage determinations. 

The aviation supplier should review the Service Contract Act Directory of Occupations to confirm whether the positions the aviation supplier wishes to
offer fit into the currently published occupation titles under the wage determination. If the position will not fit into any of the currently published occupation titles, please review the instructions in the wage determination entitled “The
process for preparing a conformance request.” In accordance with the Department of Labor instructions (that can be found at www.wdol.gov) in each wage determination, entitled Conformance Process, any class of service employee that is not listed
therein and that is to be employed under the contract (i.e., the work to be performed is not performed by any classification listed in the wage determination) must be classified by the contractor so as to provide a reasonable relationship (i.e.,
appropriate level of skill comparison) between such unlisted classifications and the classifications listed in the wage determination. Such conformed classes of employees shall be paid the monetary wages and furnished the fringe benefits as are
determined. Such conforming process shall be initiated by the contractor prior to the 

  
 Page 95 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 9: Wage Determination 
  

 
performance of contract work by such unlisted class(es) of employees. The conformed classification, wage rate, and/or fringe benefits shall be retroactive to the commencement date of the
contract. 
 * Given the desire of the offerors to seek additional information from the Department of Labor regarding the applicability of the
Service Contract Act to the contract(s) that may result from this solicitation, the completed submission of Attachment 13: Service Contract Act Wage Determination may be delayed until a mutually agreeable date prior to contract award. As a
condition of acceptance of the offeror’s proposal(s), the offeror must explicitly state that the proposed pricing will hold firm irrespective of any determination made by the Department of Labor. 

  
 Page 96 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 10: Pricing 
 Modification 1 

Exercised Option 1 and 2 
 Attachment 10 
 Pricing 

June 24, 2013 
 [ * ]

  

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 97 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 11: Perishable Mail and Lives 
 Attachment 11 

Perishable Mail and Lives 
 April 22, 2013 
 The aviation supplier will accept perishable mail and live animals as
specified under Domestic Mail Manual 601, subsection 9.3, effective on June 19, 2006. All live animal shipments are designated as ‘air only’ shipments. 
 The Postal Service will tender perishable mail and live animal shipments to the aviation supplier for the Day Network, Tuesday through Saturday, and for the Night Network, Monday through Friday. Due to
potential extended delivery times, the Postal Service will not tender any live animal shipments the day before a holiday. 
 All volume for
perishable mail and live animals will be planned during the Ordering Process. 
 The Postal Service will be required to supply each air stop
with a determined number of coverings of loosely woven material for covering the live animal shipments in weather events. 
 The Postal Service
shall ensure that its Terminal Handling Suppliers follow the procedures established by the aviation supplier for the proper loading and securing of live animal shipments. 
 For the Day and Night Networks, all bee shipments must be tendered separately from all other shipments. Bee shipments are prohibited on the aviation supplier’s Feeder Network. 

The aviation supplier will provide specific details on the pallet building for live animal shipments. 

The Postal Service will tender all live animals with a ULD D&R tag attached to the cargo net. The D&R tag will be attached to a manila tag
(supplied by the Postal Service) and secured to the net with a cable tie. 
 Day Network 

All live animal shipments must be tendered to the aviation supplier on an aircraft pallet per the market aircraft type as provided by the aviation
supplier. The pallet types and aircraft assignment per air stop will be provided by the aviation supplier Tender will be by the ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column as shown in Attachment 3: Operating Plan, Day Network.

 Night Network 
 The aviation
supplier will accept live animals for loose loading for the Night Network. The aviation supplier will accept a maximum of two hundred (200) cubic feet (approximately twenty (20) pieces) of live animals for loose loading at the time
specified in the ‘All Mail Due Aviation Supplier’ column in Attachment 4: Operating Plan, Night Network. For more than two hundred (200) cubic feet, the Postal Service will be required to tender no less than two (2) hours
prior to the scheduled aircraft departure. More time may be required based on volume and local ramp circumstances. 
 Terminal Handling

 The Postal Service will not place live animals inside of a closed ULD. All live animals will be shipped via pallet which will be provided
by the aviation supplier. Live animal shipments will be maintained in an upright position throughout the transportation process to prevent fatality. The Postal Service will not accept or load any shipment that appears to be damaged. The Postal
Service will ensure four (4) inches of air space around the perimeter of stacks of boxes. The ‘spacers / pallets’ used between the stacks of live animals will be provided by the Postal Service. 

  
 Page 98 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 11: Perishable Mail and Lives 
  

 The live animals cannot be left in direct sunlight for extended periods. Additionally, the live animals
cannot be left in drafty areas or exposed to exhaust fumes. Live animals cannot be placed near dry ice shipments. If for any particular trunk flight for any origin or destination air stop on the Night Network there is more than 1,000 pounds of dry
ice, any live animal shipments will be rolled to the following Day Network operation. If it is necessary to roll live animal shipments to the following Day Network operation, the aviation supplier will not incur a reduction in payment for the
applicable live animal shipments. On the Day Network, live animal shipments have priority over dry ice. Live animal shipments cannot be covered with any plastic. Cargo or mail cannot be placed on top of live animals. 

  
 Page 99 of 100

 Air Cargo Network 

Contract ACN-13-FX 
 Attachment 13: Service Contract Act Wage Determinations 
 Attachment 13

 Service Contract Act Wage Determinations 
 April 17, 2013 
 [ * ] 

 

	*	Blank spaces contained confidential information which has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Page 100 of
100

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00221-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00221-of-00352.parquet"}]]